Home

Motion Control Frequency Inverter (DC

1. Fig 6 2 Cable retaining bar Connecting the motor cable shield where the cable enters the cabinet 6 4 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations 02 2008 Motor terminal box x Fig 6 3 Shield connection at the motor The shield can be connected through a PG or metric gland nickel plated brass with a strain relief bar Thus the degree of protection IP 20 can be achieved For higher degrees of protection up to IP 68 there are special PG glands with shield connection e g SKINDICHT SHVE Messrs Lapp Stuttgart UNI IRIS Dicht or UNI EMV Dicht Messrs Pflitsch H ckeswagen It is not permissible to use plastic motor terminal boxes Shield clamp f Cable con nector VY WW Fig 6 4 Connecting the signal cable shields for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 6 5 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations 02 2008 Every SIMOVERT For chassis units sizes gt E MASTERDRIVES has shield the shields can be additionally clamps to connect the signal connected using cable cable shields connectors at the shield connecting locations Serrated bar Cable connector Connect serrated bars at both ends to the Intermediate t cabinet h
2. revewededton 8 082008 nderungen von Funktionen technischen Daten Normen Zeichnungen und Parametern vorbehalten We reserve the right to make changes to functions technical data standards drawings and parameters Weitergabe sowie Vervielf ltigung dieser Unterlage Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet soweit nicht ausdr ck lich zugestanden Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadener satz Alle Rechte vorbehalten insbesondere f r den Fall der Patenterteilung oder GM Eintragung Wir haben den Inhalt der Druckschrift auf bereinstimmung mit der beschriebenen Hard und Software berpr ft Dennoch k nnen Abweichungen nicht ausgeschlossen werden so dass wir f r die vollst ndige bereinstimmung keine Garantie bernehmen Die Angaben in dieser Druckschrift werden jedoch regelm Big berpr ft und notwendige Korrekturen sind in den nachfolgenden Auflagen enthalten F r Verbesserungsvorschlage sind wir dankbar The reproduction transmission or use of this document or its con tents is not permitted without express written authority Offenders will be liable for damages All rights including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design are reserved We have checked the contents of this document to ensure that they coincide with the described hardware and software However differences cannot be completely excluded so that we do not accept an
3. uoneJedo ooz 1eeus Woy gt une ou Y L6 696U 8 89 d dOW pue SL dO 99Jnos juiodjes 00 1eeus dW dOW 06 1eeus diis jeuiuue L 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 20 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 FS JAND UO says 08 6S6u OAS3AMQMN3ISVN 0000000 sjoous gt Jo yyed juauno u 0 eoueJejesl 00 aus wn pusdwog ees ooe 1294S S Dio adad suoneuej dx3 vS d 9nbuoj eouejejos unu 0 L Ly0J S S _ vv9d p ds Ae ds q u xew X ig x Py Ls yy y BE S rod eged my iw peeds soualajoy AOL y vu oz A9 veyur 3ueuno 3ndino oi BurAjdde senjeA IndIno 0 L v0J Aouanbay Aejdsiq A ut anjen yndjno sabe Wi A UI anjen 3ndjno jsejjeuus M V A ZH ut Dal enjeA jeu is Jso ue S V A ZH ut Bel anjen jeu is jsejeuis s red OSEd 19 lqeueA eoueuejes g s nd no Bojeue jo Dumas eui Buiueouoo JON cS d eoidde si zg souge er 1oeduuoO 104 IQ sisseuO noeduuoo 10 ajqeoidde AjuQ lt p gt ZZIEOLX T Veo O t9d x 96001 X A A AOL P VS YAMS c Fr d c r9d 1esgO CVV Vu oz Buieos zvv OZ ZOLX ol 6L ZOLX O v9d OOL X A A AOL je YS YMS Vvv9d 18sJJO Lvv V v9d AOL AOL Buyeos vv 1g 16eus LI fouenbaejj eoueJejes SJojoujeued ejdsiq yndjno Bojeuy ous 1ndino Bojeuy us sindino Bojeuy se qeueA
4. A124 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A125 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A126 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A127 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A128 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board Table 13 2 Alarm numbers causes and their counter measures Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 25 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 13 3 Fatal errors FF Fatal errors are serious hardware or software errors which no longer permit normal operation of the unit They only appear on the PMU in the form FF lt No gt The software is re booted by actuating any key on the PMU Number Fault Cause Counter measure Fro Time slot overflow A time slot overflow which cannot be corrected has been detected in the higher priority time slots Increase sampling time P357 or reduce pulse frequency P340 Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type FFO3 Access fault Optional board Serious faults have occurred while accessing external option boards CB TB SCB TSY Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace the LBA Replace the option board FF04 A fault has occurred d
5. If the unit is mounted on a grounded mounting surface via a conductive connection the protective conductor cross section can be the same as that of the phase conductor The function of the second protective conductor is afforded by the grounded mounting surface Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 5 Connecting up 08 2008 7 1 1 Power connections for units with a width up to 90 mm Protective conductor X3 DC link bus module X2 Motor connection CAUTION On top of the unit behind the DC link connection X3 is an extra protective conductor connection in the form of a threaded M4 bolt It is used for connecting a protective conductor for units in isolated connection The DC link bus module serves to supply the unit with electrical energy Bar Designation Meaning Range PES Protective conductor connection 2 D L DC link voltage DC 510 650 V 1 C L DC link voltage DC 510 650 V Connectable cross section Electro plated copper 3x10 mm rounded off according to DIN 46433 Bar 1 is at the front when installed Table 7 1 DC link busbars The motor connection is located at the lower section of the unit Terminal Meaning Range PE2 Protective conductor connection U2 Phase U2 T1 3ACOV 480V V2 Phase V2 T2 3 AC 0 V 480 V w2 Phase W2 T3 3 AC 0 V 480 V Connectable cross section 4 mm AWG 10 stranded Terminal PE2 is at the front when installed
6. Input in Motor order number Speed Torque Current P096 MPRD nn rpm Mn Nm In A 141 to 149 for future applications Other types 3 os 3 158 to 159 for future applications Compact 160 41FK7022 5AK71 600 06 14 4 gt _ gt wan d se Tes pra D 6 2 4 5 0 7 9 4 7 2 A 2 c1 Oo Co co 1 1 2 4 4 NI RIN 3 168 1FK7063 5AH71 4500 3 3 Co o Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 43 Parameterization 08 2009 Input in Motor order number Speed Torque Current P096 MPRD nn rpm Mn Nm In A for future applications Explosion proof Co A ajA S Ca sw Iessen 200 200 os 206 Co N 210 ieser 10 ar zo 3 an seeen zo so aof 3 12 boaseen 3mm so zo a 213 to for fut licati 253 or future applications Table 8 4 Motor list 1FK6 1FK7 1FT6 1FS6 O wo Go Torque motors 1FW3 Motor order Speed Torque Current number MPRD Nn rpm Mn Nm In A 1FW3201 1 H 3 1FW3204 1 H 1FW3206 1 H 1FW3208 1 H 1FW3AH150 gen General template for customer specific 1FW3 1FW3AH200 gen General template for customer specific 1FW3 1FW3AH280 gen General template for customer specific 1 1FW3 10 1FW3281 1 G 2400 1 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 44 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Paramet
7. 8 9 CAUTION WARNING 8 10 Motor identification From Version V1 30 onwards automatic motor identification is available In the case of Siemens motors P095 1 or 2 the motor type is first selected in P096 or P097 In the case of non Siemens motors P095 3 or 4 the rating plate data and number of pole pairs have to be entered and then automatic paramterizing is called with P115 1 After exit from the drive initial start up status with PO60 1 P115 2 is set and hence motor identification is selected The converter must now be switched in within 30 s so that measuring can start The alarm A078 is set during the 30 s The motor shaft can move slightly during the measurement operation The motor cables are live Voltages are present at the converter output terminals and hence also at the motor terminals they are therefore hazardous to touch It must be ensured that no danger for persons and equipment can occur by energizing the power and the unit If measurement is not started within 30 s or if it is interrupted by an OFF command error F114 is set The converter status during measurement is Motid Still r001 18 Measurement is ended automatically and the converter reverts to the status Ready for start up r001 009 In current controlled mode P290 0 automatic motor indentification should always be performed during initial start up Complete parameterization To make full use of the comp
8. Chapter Changes Pages Version date 1 BefmtonsandWamigs reviewed edition 6 082008 3 4 5 Installation in Conformance with EMC reviewed edition 02 2008 Regulations 7 10 11 Technical Data revewededton 8 082008 2 nderungen von Funktionen technischen Daten Normen Zeichnungen und Parametern vorbehalten We reserve the right to make changes to functions technical data standards drawings and parameters Weitergabe sowie Vervielf ltigung dieser Unterlage Verwertung und Mitteilung ihres Inhalts nicht gestattet soweit nicht ausdr ck lich zugestanden Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadener satz Alle Rechte vorbehalten insbesondere f r den Fall der Patenterteilung oder GM Eintragung Wir haben den Inhalt der Druckschrift auf bereinstimmung mit der beschriebenen Hard und Software berpr ft Dennoch k nnen Abweichungen nicht ausgeschlossen werden so dass wir f r die vollst ndige bereinstimmung keine Garantie bernehmen Die Angaben in dieser Druckschrift werden jedoch regelm Big berpr ft und notwendige Korrekturen sind in den nachfolgenden Auflagen enthalten F r Verbesserungsvorschlage sind wir dankbar The reproduction transmission or use of this document or its con tents is not permitted without express written authority Offenders will be liable for damages All rights including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design are res
9. F2 X100 33 II E gt I Control K Inverter 2 1 electronics lI 340 i Fig 7 4 Sectional drive with rectifier unit and inverters 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 7 10 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up X100 Switch for EON 45V External 24 V Pie P24 USS bus connection S1 OJOFF N esa supply Xay A RS485P ND A I 2d E RS485N Serial USS Siac 2D gt interface RS485 RS485N RxD gt 1 d RK N EN RS232 jr Controller RS232 Id P24 l EN_RS485 Micro BOOT Aux powr controller x supply M24 3 x Cla Zla 5 cx fou eo co m ise 4 lt Out EAD ll oc oe oc oc Joe Out n 8 7 3 2 1 Two way lt gt Out In ru digital inputs lt SV am CP and outputs 9 Uo L lt Out 24V gt In 6 Zur 4 Out t In Q igital i CT CT Outputs 4 two waydigital inputs outputs ae Ss 5V gt In K E gt 96 Digital inputs 2AN go _ 5V in o Inputs 24V X103 Anal t nalog inpu 5 gt Weer lt Slot B D Analog output g outp LES Slot C Overview of the standard connections Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 6SE7087 6
10. Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 5 Parameterization 09 2009 8 3 Parameter input with DriveMonitor NOTE Please refer to the online help for detailed information on DriveMonitor button or F1 key 8 3 1 Installation and connection 8 3 1 1 Installation A DVD is included with the devices of the MASTERDRIVES Series when they are delivered The operating tool supplied on the DVD DriveMonitor is automatically installed from this DVD If automatic notification on change is activated for the DVD drive on the PC user guidance starts when you insert the DVD and takes you through installation of Drive Monitor If this is not the case start file Autoplay exe in the root directory of the DVD 8 3 1 2 Connection There are two ways of connecting a PC to a device of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Series via the USS interface The devices of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Series have both an RS232 and an RS485 interface RS232 interface The serial interface that PCs are equipped with by default functions as an RS232 interface This interface is not suitable for bus operation and is therefore only intended for operation of a SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES device X300 1 Ground 2 RxD RS232 3 Rx Tx RS485 4 5 Ground 6 5V OP1S 7 TxD RS232 8 Rx Tx RS485 9 Ground To PC COMx Device side Socket X300 compact PLUS X103 9 pin SUB D connector Fig 8 2
11. lt ELO Jes cujeuv c L d juiodjes zujeuy eet zuleuy Legu uiod eM eu Lbeod juiodjegs jujeuv 18sJJO Lujeuy e uoneJedo o une ou 201 V 199d ven D vc DU Tesuzoix DU 4 zox DU z Indu Bojeuy C vt9d 001 7 OOL Bulyjoows zujeuy SPuodseuoo AOL OL L ndu Bojeuy Duunooue jujeuy cg 1eeus og ieeug s ndu Bojeuy PaJIm eq jou 1snui gg 01 OLg sindino jey amp ip se pasn H i0 0118s eq o aney g pcod pue g esod a zs9d g LS9d SJejeujeJed y emdu up se pesn j x oe jeeus dus jeuruue L 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 12 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 jutodies uIeN dS 1 Y 8 6S6u Oz dies au ogi 1eeus o Z 89 d duis jeuiuue pue sjurodies pax eoJnos juiodjes 6L ZOLX Ieurue 1 gud 8b d 6 LOLX leuruue cg dies erg B6p lwouyov EIS 81 298 dad Lie 284 91 185 a ous tests Cie Ce wun edA sa d Pedwog Jun edA sisseyojoedwog lt gt les p xI3 szInssys auodes pox paulm eq jou jsnu pg 01 018 sindino eufp se pasn JI i0 0118s 3q oj 9 EU g ycod pue g esod a zs9d g LG9d sjayowesed ay sjndui jejbip se pesn J x oeheeus dins jeuruuJe L 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 9 13 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 Parame
12. 10 e Output 3 AC 0 up to rated input voltage x 0 75 Rated frequency Hz e Input e Output 0 500 Rated current A e Input 2 4 4 8 7 8 12 1 15 7 e Output 2 0 4 0 6 1 10 2 13 2 Motor rated power kW DC 24 20 30 Max aux current requirement A e Standard version at 20 V e Maximum version at 20 V e Pulse frequency fp kHz 1 Tk to 16 0 see fig Derating curves Load class Il to EN 60 146 1 1 Base load current A 0 91 x rated output current Overload cycle time s 300 Overload current 1 36 x rated output current Overload duration Extra short time loading Base load current 0 91 x rated output current Overload cycle time s 300 Overload current A 1 6 x rated output current Overload duration s 30 Loses cooling Efficiency n rated operation O TT Powerloss ip 25kH2 W oo oos oor oo om Sound pressure levels types of construction dimensions weights Soundpressurelevel dB A Dimensions e Width 45 67 5 67 5 e Height 360 360 360 e Depth 260 260 260 pem m With a 1 6 fold overload in field weakening the torque quality is reduced due to a ripple of 300 Hz Table 12 2 Technical data of inverter Part 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 3 Technical Data 08 2008 Value Order No 6SE70 21 8TP 0 22 6TP O 234TP O 238TPO V Rated voltage e Input DC 510 15 to 650 10 e Output 3 AC 0 up to ra
13. 721 31 61 F028 The frequency and the amplitude of the DC Check the supply voltage link ripple indicate a single phase power Supply phase failure F029 A fault has occurred in the measured value Causes in phase L1 and L2 Meas value sensing sensing system The measured variable at which a fault occurred during offset adjustment is bit coded and stored in r949 Bit 0 Current phase L1 Bit 1 Current phase L2 Bit 2 DC link voltage Bit 3 Inverter temperature Bit 4 Motor temperature Bit 5 Analog input 1 Bit 6 Analog input 2 Examples r949 1 Offset adjustment in phase L1 not possible r949 2 Offset adjustment in phase L3 not possible r949 3 Offset adjustment in phases L1 and L3 not possible Fault in measured value sensing system Fault in power section valve cannot block Fault on CU Causes on all other measured variables Fault on CU SIMA replace CU F035 Parameterizable external fault input 1 has Check been activated Ext Fault 1 whether there is an external fault whether the cable to the appropriate digital input has been interrupted P575 Src No ExtFault1 F036 Parameterizable external fault input 2 has Check been activated Ext Fault 2 whether there is an external fault whether the cable to the appropriate digital input has been interrupted P585 Src No ExtFault2 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating
14. In operation drive converters depending on their degree of protection may have live uninsulated and possibly also moving or rotating parts as well as hot surfaces In case of inadmissible removal of the required covers of improper use wrong installation or maloperation there is the danger of serious personal injury and damage to property For further information see documentation All operations serving transport installation and commissioninng as well as maintenance are to be carried out by skilled technical personnel Observe IEC 60364 or CENELEC HD 384 or DIN VDE 0100 and IEC 60664 or DIN VDE0110 and national accident prevention rules For the purposes of these basic safety instructions skilled technical personnel means persons who are familiar with the installation mounting commissioning and operation of the product and have the qualifications needed for the performance of their functions 2 Intended use Drive converters are components designed for inclusion in electrical installations or machinery In case of installation in machinery commissioning of the drive converter i e the starting of normal operation is prohibited until the machinery has been proved to conform to the provisions of the directive 98 37 EG Machinery Safety Directive MSD Account is to be taken of EN 60204 Commissioning i e the starting of normal opertion is admissible only where conformity with the EMC directive 89 336 E
15. MASTERDRIVES MC Plus Adr 0 RAM EIER a Eile View Drive Navigator Parameters Operate Diagnostics Tools Window Help o x Assisted commissioning Download parameter file to drive Save drive parameters to a file Load standard Assisted F01 application zx technology COMM Basic positioner operating screens System Set 0 00 6 00 Device status m Connection with device OK A k d dae Bus Address IER A T For Help press F1 Fig 8 10 Drive Navigator Options Drive Navigator 1 Toolbars Yes Smallicons No preselection parameter list C Large icons Drive window preselection Show info window C None C Yes Ze Parameter List Complete No C Free Parameterization Parameter selection window Activate tool interface Save last settings Yes All subdirectories opened C No Cancel Fig 8 11 Options menu display Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 15 Parameterization 09 2009 Toolbar of the Drive Navigator Assisted commissioning Direct to parameter list General diagnostics Save drive parameters to a file Download parameter file to drive Load standard application gt Assisted F01 technology COMM Basic positioner operating screens 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 8 16 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization 8 3 3 2 General diagnostics Via the Diagnostics gt Gener
16. Meaning of the index of the parameter clicking on it or selecting and pressing Enter Physical dimension of the parameter if there is one Dim 8 12 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization With buttons Offline Online RAM Online EEPROM Fig 8 9 1 you can switch modes When you switch to online mode device identification is performed If the configured device and the real device do not match device type software version an alarm appears If an unknown software version is recognized the option of creating the database is offered This process takes several minutes DriveMon MASTERDRIVES MC Adr 0 MASTERDRIVES MC tmp a File View Drive Navigator Parameters berate Diagnostics Tools Window Help SD ebe x Drive Navigator B Assisted commissioning direct to parameter list load standard application 8 Bin ConnC2 0000000000 B assisted F01 technology COM Bin ConnC3 0000000000 Parameter overview 73 Conn BinC1 0000000000 B User Parameters Conn BinC2 0000000000 B Parameter Menu Conn BinC3 0000000000 E Common Parameters of Faults 0 Terminals nt Bin ConnC1 0000000000 lnterpolPoint Table 1 32BGear 1 ACL Input B serial Interfaces 1 2 3oBGear 1 VNom Input 3 Field Bus Interface 30BGear 2 ACL Input B er 32BGear 2 VNorm Input Accel VMAx B Control Status Word v Accel Time B Com
17. Observe minimum and maximum ambient temperature from 0 C to 45 C Observe the derating curves at theta gt 45 C Compact PLUS or 40 C Check whether the fan is running Check that the air entry and discharge openings are not restricted In the case of units gt 22 kW acknowledgement is only possible after 1 minute F025 UCE upper switch UCE Phase L1 For Compact PLUS units UCE upper switch For chassis type units UCE Phase L1 Check the converter outputs for earth fault Check the switch for SAFE STOP on Compact units 12 2 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F026 UCE lower switch UCE Phase L2 For Compact PLUS units UCE lower switch For Compact and chassis type units UCE Phase L2 Check the converter outputs for earth fault Check the switch for SAFE STOP on Compact units F027 Pulse resistor fault UCE Phase L3 For Compact PLUS AC AC units Pulse resistance fault For chassis type units UCE Phase L3 Check the converter outputs for earth fault Check the switch for SAFE STOP on Compact DC DC units and chassis units with the option SAFE STOP F029 Meas value sensing Compact PLUS only A fault has occurred in the measured value sensing system r949 1 Offset adjustment in phase L1 not possi
18. Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F146 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F147 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F148 An active signal is present at binector U061 1 Examine cause of fault see function diagram 710 Fault 1 Function blocks F149 An active signal is present at binector U062 Examine cause of fault see function diagram 1 710 Fault 2 Function blocks F150 An active signal is present at binector U063 Examine cause of fault see function diagram 1 710 Fault 3 Function blocks 13 16 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F151 An active signal is present at binector U064 Examine cause of fault see function diagram 1 710 Fault 4 Function blocks F153 Within the monitoring time of the tool interface Cyclically execute write tasks from the tool No valid sign of life tool interface no valid sign of life has been received from the tool interface interface within the monitoring time whereby the sign of life has to be increased by 1 for every write task F243 Fault in internal linking One of the two linked Replace CU A10 or replace the unit partners does not reply Compact PLUS Link int F244 F
19. See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A110 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A111 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A112 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A113 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A114 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A115 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A116 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A117 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board 13 24 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A118 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A119 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A120 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A121 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A122 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A123 TB alarm 2 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board
20. 104 26071 ulodjes ug Julod d ZPIOMMWODS 602 LPIOMLWOIS gt e L Goal SenjeA jenjoe jusuei l 3eeus wo 700v 2 zsel Z vse Tr ose jeeus Woy t S8 6S6u S Lig oi dn o ogeuus uy p 89ed Leen 99Jnos UIOd aS LPJOM eed Laod N wo x Apeoy uonej do Ano lj ne Steis ZAAO Steis 44O Wou uo uois eAnoeye wey NO 10 Apeoy uonelaap jenjoejas yun edA ertid yedwog 104 s gesudde AjuQ z yun edA sisseyo joedwog 104 ejqeordde AjuQ lt gt 001 36 eus Z p om ejeg zazd Vpyow ejeg Lazd pJ0M J014U09 pJ0M snjejs Z p om ejeg zazd IL piom e eq LQOd gep yajawesed Jo suoneJedo pea 10 pan asoy 9AI929M AWISUeJL eyep Jajawesed Jo suoneJedo YIM JO pan asay 2 Ne ma e wa or1 1eeus Ionuoo Zd peuoeei dyag duuoo 3nej 6ellou pun u09 urew eziBjeu3 an pe ueB uonounz dwey eum ounte BLL Sseippe sng DIE reyes pneg c Zd T Nod We id uM V 024d V204d V LO d Ad MYd pneg M S Y djas p ds Beursod v04d 002d WEIT 9 LU lt z gt lz D denten ge Ou e w lt i gt OOLX LOLX lt g gt 8 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 9 15 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps une jeuuejx3 PJOM Ionuoo dOW Sie 081 1eeus o eis V 12Sd Ionuoo qoq olleg ug Do
21. Analog input 10 V Ri 40 kQ 11 AO Analog output 10 bit sign 10V 5mA 12 M AO Ground analog output Connectable cross section 0 14 mm to 1 5 mm AWG 16 Terminal 1 is at the top when installed Table 7 7 Control terminal strip X101 In the case of digital inputs levels below 3 V are interpreted as low and levels above 13 V as high Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 13 Connecting up 08 2008 X102 10 V auxiliary voltage max 5 mA for supplying external Control terminal potentiometers strip Analog output suitable for use as current or voltage output 1 analog input suitable for use as current or voltage input 1 additional digital input 1 floating NO contact Terminal Designation Meaning Range 13 P10V 10 V supply for ext 10 V 1 3 Ke potentiometers Imax 5 mA Gei 14 N10 V 10 V supply for ext 10 V1 3 LI potentiometers Imax 5 mA LI 15 AO2 Analog output 2 10 bit sign ZI Voltage et 16 M AO2 Ground for analog output2 10 V Imax 5 mA ge Current Gei 0 20 mA R lt 5000 EI 17 Al2 Analog input 2 11 bit sign Voltage 18 MAI Ground for analog input 2 10 V Ri 60 kO Current Rin 250 Q 19 DI7 Digital input 7 24 V 10 mA 20 HS1 NO contact DC 30 V max 0 5 A 21 HS2 floating Minimum load 7 mA Connectable cross section 0 14 mm2 to 1 5 mm2 AWG 16 Table 7 8 Control terminal strip X102 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 7 14 Op
22. Check the supply voltage The converter regenerates without regeneration possibility Overvoltage 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 13 18 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A022 Inverter temperature The threshold for initiating an alarm has been exceeded Measure intake air or ambient temperature Observe the derating curves at theta gt 45 C Compact PLUS or 40 C Check Whether the fan E1 is connected and is rotating in the correct direction The air intake and discharge openings for blockage The temperature sensor at X30 r833 indicates the maximum converter temperature of all existing measuring points Compact chassis type unit r833 01 indicates the actual converter temperature Compact PLUS type A023 Motor temperature The parameterizable threshold for initiating an alarm has been exceeded Check the motor load ventilation etc The current temperature can be read in r009 Motor Tmp Check the KTY84 input at connector X103 29 30 or X104 29 30 Compact PLUS type for short circuit A024 Motor movement The motor has moved during motor data identification Lock the motor A025 If the instantaneous load condition is Check maintained then the inverter will be thermally P72 Rtd Drive Amps l2t Inverter overloaded MLFB P70 P128 Imax r010 Drive Util
23. In dropdown list box Device version you can select the software version of the device You can generate databases for new software versions that are not listed when you start online parameterization You must only specify the bus address of the drive during online operation switchover with button Online Offline 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 16 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization NOTE The specified bus address must be the same as that of the parameterized SST bus address in SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES P700 No bus address is assigned to the drive with the button Disconnect network connection NOTE Field Number of PCD has no special significance for the parameterization of MASTERDRIVES and should be left at 2 If the value is changed it must be remain ensured that the setting value in the program matches the value in parameter P703 of the drive at all times Drive Properties Drees MASTERDRIVES MC Plus Short Type MDMP Unit version 02 1 v Hardware MC P2 Performance 2 Technology Type Bus Address o disconnect network connection Quantity of PZD Fig 8 11 Create file Drive properties After confirming the drive properties with ok you have to enter the name and storage location of the download file to be created Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 17 Parameterization 08 2009 8 4 3 8 4 3 1
24. Interface 2 SCom2 Check the connection of PMU X300 or X103 27 28 Compact chassis unit Check the connection of X103 or X100 35 36 Compact PLUS unit Check SCom SCB TigOff P704 01 SCom1 or P704 02 SCom2 F070 SCB initialization fault A fault has occurred during initialization of the SCB board Fault value r949 1 Board code incorrect 2 SCB board not compatible 5 Error in configuration data Check parameterization 6 Initialization timeout 7 SCB board double 10 Channel error F072 EB initialization fault A fault has occurred during initialization of the EB board Fault value r949 2 1st EB1 not compatible 3 2nd EB1 not compatible 4 1st EB2 not compatible 5 2nd EB2 not compatible 21 Three EB1 boards 22 Three EB2 boards 110 Fault on 1st EB1 120 Fault on 2nd EB1 210 Fault on 1st EB2 220 Fault on 2nd EB2 F073 Anlnp1SL1 not Compact PLUS 4 mA at analog input 1 slave 1 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 1 X428 4 5 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 7 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F074 Anlnp2 SL1 not Compact PLUS 4 mA at analog input 2 slave 1 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 1 X428 7 8 F075 Anlnp3 SL1 not Compact PLUS 4
25. M pier C f W rr d upeeH udegpow prexudep pouxeu V8 1eeug eson O Balos eet Ireyuv t C2904 wras L ezon 196 jju ujoous pdeds julodjas A 3 ezz yjoows jas 4 u rdy Boy yu W SEZd H Aouanbad JojouJ Dag ay jo 0 xoidde Mojeq s locu nb u JO pejejnojeo Aug s gg 614 dooup 1 8224 Jo uonoefur jueuno eu 19 0N gz Deiluu oul Oe eui Je ov pds Beu xeui yu S OL J v9vd SOL J zovd O OLL J ESrd y S u SN J cSvd pds sod xew j u L 0 weed djes ppy aus I f 7 I 6921 f pe zuwTbuoL Z11031 joe jyuur bo pos 6214 W 6S2d W 8 ld ue xew mg JUUN unuxeiN CLE S 49 jeeus 29 P S 0 W Ltd W9LLd eud i jeos euin dn yey 144 G 66vd ziurjuopoug 96001 d 86vd LA vn 041 8 6vd DiurboL 94s des Zuur1bio 1 Ak j L Elld 0 pauaja S vGed nbiol p ds ZS d Aouanbayy pu 96001 J Z6vd dies pubio aus 6LE Pays LZL PAS GE _________ EEE ___________________ ree Ce eee l c A _______________ BEER yun Buneo 0 88796U Jej oJjuoo Jusundg jui 3ueJino enbauo Jejojuoo peeds Jeuueuo juiodjes 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 9 25 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 u Bey JN3 ueo Bey AN3 W9LEd WSLEd duu
26. P138 AnalogTachScale P109 Motor PolePairs The product of P109 and P138 must be smaller than 19200 Check or replace tachometer Check connection to tachometer Replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS type F052 Control track input X103 27 or X104 27 Unselect tachometer with control track P130 Compact PLUS is not high select motor encoder n Cntr Input Tachometer line broken Tachometer fault Check control track connection X103 27 or X104 27 Compact PLUS The fault input on the TSY was activated Exchange TSY F053 The permissible change value of the speed Check tachometer cables for interruptions Tachometer dn dt encoder signal P215 dn act perm has been doubly exceeded Check earthing of tachometer shield The shield must be connected both at the motor and the converter side The encoder cable must not be interrupted The encoder cable must not be laid together with the power cables Only recommended encoders should be used In the case of a signal fault the DT1 board may have to be used If necessary change P215 With P806 observe parameter description it is possible during operation to switch over to encoder free operation F054 Sensor board initialization fault A fault has occurred during initialization of the encoder board Fault value r949 1 Board code incorrect 2 TSY not compatible 3 SBP not compatible 7 Board double 20 TSY board
27. The drive is brought to a standstill via a ramp P464 Deceleration Time There is a subsequent pulse disable This also valid if P443 0 function diagramm 310 and the ramp generator bypass function diagramm 320 is used A132 Control signal OFF2 was deactivated while a Check the activation of control signal OFF2 traversing command was being executed from the user program OFF2 missing Checkback signal DFF2 was deactivated If checkback signal OFF2 is missing check while a traversing command was being the supply of control word 1 MASTERDRIVES executed function diagram sheet 180 Effect Note The pulse disable is initiated immediately If To activate the in operation IOP status the motor is not braked it coasts down again you must deactivate OFF1 and then activate it again A133 Control signal OFF3 was deactivated while a Check the activation of control signal OFF3 traversing command was being executed from the user program OFF3 missing Checkback signal OFF3 was deactivated If checkback signal OFF3 is missing check while a traversing command was being the supply of control word 1 MASTERDRIVES executed function diagram sheet 180 Effect Note The motor decelerates at the current limit To activate the in operation IOP status There is a subsequent pulse disable again you must deactivate OFF1 and then activate it again A134 The enable controller ENC control signal Check the activa
28. USS X103 gt EH 4d Slot C Motor connection X2 Fig 7 2 Connection overview of units 135 mm wide Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 3 Connecting up 08 2008 DC link bus module X3 Pes Z Z Z Z Z SIEMENS PMU ADE DC24 V supply RS485 USS X100 S1 Bus terminating n resistor USS S1 gt Safe STOP option X533 Slot A RS232 RS485 USS X103 Slot B Motor connection X2 Fig 7 3 Slot C Connection overview of units 180 mm wide 7 4 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up 7 1 WARNING NOTE Power connections Protective conductor The protective conductor must be connected up both on the mains side and on the motor side On account of leakage current through the interference suppression capacitors the following must be observed as per EN 50178 e A minimum cross section of 10 mm2 Cu must be used or e f supply connections with cross sections less than 10 mm are used two protective conductors have to be connected up The cross section of each of the protective conductors corresponds to the cross section of an outer conductor
29. active in the slave axis required by the master axis A slave axis which is switched to follow up mode cannot be operated by the master axis M7 only not significant for the F01 technology option Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Deactivate follow up mode in the slave axis A155 Reset in slave axis active The reset RST control signal is active in the slave axis required by the master axis A slave axis with an active reset cannot be used by the master axis M7 only not significant for the F01 technology option Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Cancel the reset RST control signal in the slave axis 12 24 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A156 Axis type MD1 of slave axis not allowed An NC program was started in which a slave axis is defined as a roll feed axis type M7 only not significant for the F01 technology option The warning is output in the master axis and indicates an illegal axis type in the slave axis Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Axes defined as roll feed axes can only be used in
30. date Replace the board FF15 CSTACK OVERFLOW Stack overflow C Compiler Stack Replace the board FF16 NMI error NMI Replace firmware Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Table 13 3 Fatal errors 13 26 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2005 Environmental Friendliness 14 Environmental Friendliness Environmental aspects during the development Plastics components used Environmental aspects during production Environmental aspects for disposal The number of components has been significantly reduced over earlier converter series by the use of highly integrated components and the modular design of the complete series Thus the energy requirement during production has been reduced Special significance was placed on the reduction of the volume weight and variety of metal and plastic components ABS PMU board Siemens logo PC ABS Front cover VC Large PA6 Front cover VC terminal strips spacer bolts fan impeller PA6 6 DC link terminal cover through terminals terminal strips terminal blocks Pocan PBT Optional card covers PP PMU covers PBTP Fan housing Hostaphan Makrofol Insulating plates Formex NOMEX Insulating paper FR4 Printed circuit boards Halogen containing flame retardants were for all essential components replaced by environmentally friendly flame retardants
31. in position exact stop window machine data 17 is greater than the value in following error monitoring at standstill machine data 14 The axis was pushed out of position mechanically Effect The position control system is deactivated and the axis decelerates via deceleration time during errors machine data 43 Check and correct the machine data Optimize the speed current controller Rectify mechanical problem A141 Following error in motion The following error limit for motion was exceeded during a traversing movement Following error monitoring in motion machine data 15 was entered incorrectly The mechanical system cannot follow the commands of the position controller Actual position value invalid Incorrect optimization of the position controller or speed controller The mechanical system is sluggish or blocked Effect The position control system is deactivated and the drive decelerates via deceleration time during faults machine data 43 Check and correct the machine data Check the actual position value speed controlled operation check position encoder evaluator module and encoder lead Optimize the position controller or the speed controller Check the mechanical system 12 22 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measu
32. is automatically installed from this DVD If automatic notification on change is activated for the DVD drive on the PC user guidance starts when you insert the DVD and takes you through installation of DriveMonitor If this is not the case start file Autoplay exe in the root directory of the DVD 8 4 1 2 Connection There are two ways of connecting a PC to a device of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Series via the USS interface The devices of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Series have both an RS232 and an RS485 interface RS232 interface The serial interface that PCs are equipped with by default functions as an RS232 interface This interface is not suitable for bus operation and is therefore only intended for operation of a SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES device X300 1 n c not connected Compact PLUS RS232 Id 2 RxD RS232 3 Rx Tx RS485 4 5 Ground 6 5V OP1S 7 TxD RS232 8 Rx Tx RS485 9 Ground To PC COMx Device side socket X300 compact PLUS X103 9 pin SUB D connector Fig 8 5 Connecting cable for connecting PC COM 1 4 to SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES X300 NOTICE DriveMonitor must not be operated via the Sub D socket X300 if the SST1 interface parallel to it is already being used for another purpose e g bus operation with SIMATIC as the master 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 12 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization RS485 interface The RS485 interface is multi point
33. number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block A214 Multiple acceleration behaviour not allowed The decoded NC block contains several mutually exclusive G functions from the acceleration override group G30 to G39 Example N1 G34 G35 The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block A215 Multiple special functions not allowed The decoded NC block contains several mutually exclusive G functions from the special function group G87 G88 G89 G50 G51 Example N1 G88 G50 The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 31 Faults and Alarms 0
34. phase motors The inverters can be operated from a DC system with voltages from 510 V to 650 V The inverter enables a three phase system with a variable output frequency between 0 Hz and maximum 500 Hz to be generated from the DC link direct voltage with the pulse width modulation method PWM The unit is controlled by the internal control electronics which consists of a microprocessor system The functions are provided by the unit software The inverter always requires an external 24 V DC voltage for supplying the control electronics The unit can be operated via the PMU operator control panel the user friendly OP1S operator control panel the terminal strip or via a bus system For this purpose the unit has a number of interfaces and two slots for the use of optional boards Pulse encoders can be used as motor specific encoders erminal stri Optional 1 FME boards Control electronics EON Serial X100 i i interface external 24 V DC incoming supply o U2 T1 C L o o V2 T2 Motor terminals D L o W2 T3 DC link fuse link CU Fig 2 1 Circuit principle of the inverter Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 2 1 02 2005 Transport Storage Unpacking 3 Transport Storage Unpacking Transport Storage CAUTION Unpacking The units and components are packe
35. power up the external 24 V supply After the electronics power supply has been started the unit initializes itself The action can take several seconds The drive status is subsequently shown on the PMU Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 4 1 First Start up 02 2005 If necessary carry out parameter reset to factory setting Parameterizing by download or with parameter modules Function test Y If the PMU does not show status 005 after completion of the unit initialization or if the unit has already been See section parameterized before you should carry out a parameter Parameterization reset to factory setting See section Parameterization After checking the unit and the cabling once more power up the line voltage and perform a function test according to your parameterization WARNING _ It must be ensured that no danger for persons and equipment can occur by energizing the power and the unit It is recommended not to couple the driven machine until the function test has been successfully completed Further start up and parameterization according to your specific requirements 4 2 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Installation 5 Installation 5 1 Installing the units WARNING Safe converter operation requires that the equipment is mounted and commissioned by qualified personnel taking into
36. 31 04 84 onto a surface and onto an edge Table 11 1 General data 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 11 2 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Technical Data Derating curves Permissible rated input voltage in 96 according to VDE 0110 IEC 664 1 not required by UL CSA 100 75 50 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 W Height above sea level in m Permissible rated current in 100 Height Derating 90 m factor K1 1000 1 0 80 2000 0 9 70 3000 0 845 4000 0 8 60 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 Height above sea level inm Permissible rated current in 100 Temp Derating C factor K2 75 50 0 879 s 50 40 1 125 ss e 30 1 375 25 1 57 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 gt See note Coolant temperature in C below Derating for units of gt 22 kW Permissible rated current in 100 Pulse Derating frequency factor K kHz 3 75 6 1 00 7 0 95 50 8 0 90 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 Pulse frequency Fig 11 1 Derating curves Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 11 3 Technical Data 08 2008 The derating of the permissible rated current for installation altitudes of over 1000 m and at ambient temperatures below 45 C is calculated as follows Total derating Deratingajltitude X Deratingambient temperature K Kj x Ko NOTE It must be borne in mind that total de
37. A fault has occurred during the test of the Replace CU or replace the unit RAM Compact PLUS type RAM FF05 A fault has occurred during the test of the Replace CU or replace the unit EPROM Compact PLUS type EPROM fault FF06 Stack has overflowed For VC Increase sampling time P357 Stack overflow For MC Reduce pulse frequency P340 Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type FF07 Stack Underflow Stack underflow Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace firmware FF08 Undefined Opcode Invalid processor command should be processed Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace firmware FF09 Protection Fault Invalid format in a protected processor command Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace firmware FF10 Illegal Word Operand Address Word access to uneven address Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace firmware FF11 Illegal Instruction Access Jump command to uneven address Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace firmware FF13 Wrong firmware version A version conflict between the firmware and the hardware has occurred Replace firmware Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type FF14 FF processing Unexpected fatal error During processing of the fatal errors a fault number has occurred
38. Ae ds p pue s ndjno Bojeuy 10309 Uu uy luo ejdsip anb o x SHOA MUTT IA 9001 SHOA AUT IA coge esez jeeus WO 2982 jeeus WO lt LEON yoe L 2 2982 2982 jeeus WO lt z00m Jamod 1 Jamod 1ndino coge e sge jeeus WO lt rozoy 1es n eBeyoA 1ndino v004 sduiy Indino 812 joe ju S10 2001 peedg jeny bay joy coge lesz jeeus WO s 00v zzoe Le Lose jeeus WOJ SZ saiqeuen Ae ds q 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 9 21 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps 020014 Jejozuoo peeds uy onsuejoeJeuo UA Se qeueA Ae ds p pue syndjno Bojeuy 08 4294S yed jue no 0 eoueJ9Jas 1018168 AJ poou JO OW PAINDIES AUS W O d ysoog djes4 Be amp W LOld W 8 d eBeyo 10IN ge pa ujoous ges syyoa dino xeu T WE6Zd amp 09 WZ0Ld Wozed bai u be410IN beJ4 X 9M Dia pu3 1soog 987 19eus S0r 1934S yun 6uneo 0 S8 S6u jueuno jndino 6211 W 8ZLd i jueuno pe yu ujoous N zeed W Leed wnw xey UuLp 2 xeuj ureo 149 xewi peeds julodjas E C ie demo 6zzi dils ujoouis 3es jyu pureg Bay y u W SEZd uy Bay y u WN OrZd LOP 9984S PO 1eeus ejeoguoe EU 000 W 8 Ld uonezijeuuoN ASLd oyseL n Ionuoo yoen oJez g weu y JIL W oyoeL
39. Cause Counter measure A225 Status of collision monitoring select not allowed The decoded NC block contains simultaneous selection and deselection of collision monitoring G96 G97 Example N1 G96 G97 X100 The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block A227 Negative overtravel violated The look ahead function of the decoder has detected that the negative software limit switch will be crossed See also error message A195 Negative overtravel reached The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC program Check the machine data A228 Positive overtravel violated The look ahead function of the decoder has detected that the positive software limit switch will be crossed See also error message A196 Positive overtravel reached The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder
40. Connecting cable for connecting PC COM 1 4 to SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES X300 NOTICE DriveMonitor must not be operated via the Sub D socket X300 if the SST1 interface parallel to it is already being used for another purpose e g bus operation with SIMATIC as the master 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 8 6 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization RS485 interface The RS485 interface is multi point capable and therefore suitable for bus operation You can use it to connect 31 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES with a PC On the PC either an integrated RS485 interface or an RS232 lt gt RS485 interface converter is necessary On the device an RS485 interface is integrated into the X300 compact PLUS X103 connection For the cable see pin assignment X300 and device documentation of the interface converter 8 3 2 Establishing the connection between DriveMonitor and the device 8 3 2 1 Setting the USS interface You can configure the interface with menu Tools 2 ONLINE Settings DriveMon LER Options Language Displays the ONLINE settings Fig 8 3 Online settings Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 7 Parameterization 09 2009 The following settings Fig 8 6 are possible Tab card Bus Type options USS operation via serial interface Profibus DP only if DriveMonitor is operated under Drive ES Tab card Interface You can enter the requir
41. Disp Speed Conn ylV 7005 P643 I Ir ccc c r041 2 X101 12 Q j speed actual value D Type of encoder Resolver 6 Dee ee ee ee ee ee ee eeeeee SBR1 2 t T 5 X410 90 Track A sin Ce x414 3 SQ X41091 8 Track A sin e X414 4 Data of resolver to be connected 5 X410 92 Track B cos x414 6 2 pole 85 _ X410 93 Track B cos t xa1a z Data of pulse encoder simulation 9 gt X410 94 Zero pulse Excitation X414 9 1024 pul luti o 024 pulses revolution EI X410 95 amp Zero pulse Me X414 11 5 D gt Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 29 Parameterization 08 2009 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 30 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization Setpoint and command source Terminal strip and fixed setpoints FSetp e e X101 1 a P24 X101 2 8 M24 e Kallef 1 Operation H gt 4 x101 4 0 Fault VI ere X101 5 ae FSetp Bit 0 O p X101 6 FSetp Bit 1 A a X101 7 A 1 Edge Acknowledge ji Y X101 8 a 1 ON 0 OFF1 FSetp1 3 0 V d FSetp 0 D FSetp3 3J 1 d FSetp4 1 2 o0 2 ol Control type Torque control EE r003 Output Volts r004 Output Amps Ref r006 DC Bus V
42. Encoder board initialization fault A fault has occurred during initialization of the encoder board Fault value r949 1 Board code is incorrect 2 TSY not compatible 3 SBP not compatible 4 SBR not compatible 5 SBM not compatible from V2 0 only the SBM2 board is supported see also r826 function diagram 517 6 SBM initialization timeout 7 Board double 20 TSY board double 21 SBR board double 23 SBM board three fold 24 SBP board three fold 30 SBR board slot incorrect 31 SBM board slot incorrect 32 SBP board slot incorrect 40 SBR board not present 41 SBM board not present 42 SBP board not present 50 Three encoder boards or two encoder boards none of them on Slot C 60 internal fault F056 SIMOLINK telegram failure Communication on the SIMOLINK ring is disturbed Check the fiber optic cable ring Check whether an SLB in the ring is without voltage Check whether an SLB in the ring is faulty Check P741 SLB TIgOFF 12 6 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F058 Parameter fault Parameter task A fault has occurred during the processing of a parameter task No remedy F059 Parameter fault after factory setting init A fault has occurred in the initialization phase during the calculation of a parameter The numbe
43. Fig 5 5 Removing the right hand side wall Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 5 Installation 08 2009 Removing the Remove the fixing screws of the option card holder from the pins and lift option card holder the option card holder from the device Installing the Push the optional board from behind into the opening on the front optional board cover until the position of the 64 pole system connector on the main board corresponds with the position of the socket Insert the optional board from the right onto the 64 pole system connector on the main board The view shows the installed state Screw the optional board tight at the fastening points in the front section of the optional board p B T T Slot C S Slot C S o o oc eg n f Fig 5 6 Installing the optional board Mounting the option Place the option card holder horizontally on the rear edge of all fitted card holder option cards and tighten the previously removed screws at the fixing points 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 5 6 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Installation Assembling and mounting the unit Designating the optional board Close the right hand side wall of the unit as follows Press the front panel slightly to the side and insert the side wall from above into the unit Make sure a
44. For reversing the direction of rotation of the drive This function must be enabled by P571 and P572 Toggle key e For selecting menu levels and switching between parameter number parameter index and parameter value in the sequence indicated The current level is displayed by the position of the cursor on the LCD display the command comes into effect when the key is released e For conducting a numerical input e For leaving menu levels e f fault display is active this is for acknowledging the fault This function must be enabled by P565 Raise key For increasing the displayed value Short press single step increase Long press rapid increase If motorized potentiometer is active this is for raising the setpoint This function must be enabled by P573 Lower key For lowering the displayed value e Short press single step decrease e Long press rapid decrease e f motorized potentiometer is active this is for lowering the setpoint This function must be enabled by P574 Sign key For changing the sign so that negative values can be entered DR Number keys Numerical input to Table 8 3 Operator control elements of the OP1S NOTE If you change the value of a parameter the change does not become effective until the toggle key P is pressed Parameter changes made using the OP1S are always stored safely in the EEPROM protected in c
45. MU INN NUN 1P 6SE7021 3 Bestellnummer 6SE7021 3TP60 Z Model number Z G72 List of unit options OOO AUOD O ON ON NDN Fabrik Serialno F2011025485 Year of manufacture Month of manufacture Eingang Input Vin DC 510 650 V Ausgang Output Vout 3Ph 0 380 480 V 0 400Hz Dauerstrom cont current 13A Spitzenstrom peak current 20 8 A 30 s LISTED Erz Stand Issue F sr GE PWR CONV EQ LR21927 Made in Germany E145153 C Fig 12 2 Example of rating plate applies only 22 kW Date of manufacture The date of manufacture can be derived as follows Year of manufacture Month of manufacture January to September October November December Table 12 5 Assignment of characters to the month and year of manufacture Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 7 Technical Data 08 2008 Option codes SBP Pulse encoder evaluation CBC CAN bus Slot A Slot A Slot B Slot B SLB SIMOLINK EB1 Expansion Board 1 Slot A Slot A Slot B Slot B CBP2 PROFIBUS EB2 Expansion Board 2 Slot A Slot A Slot B Slot B Safe Stop option Table 12 6 Meaning of the option codes 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 12 8 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms 13 13 1 Faults and Alarms Faults General information regarding faults For each fault the following information is available Parameter r947 Fault number r949 Fault
46. N Lower key N J Key for toggling between control levels Jog key Jog 7 8 9 4 5 6 0 to 9 number keys 1 2 3 0 Reset Reset key acknowledge N Sign key Fig 8 3 View of the OP1S IST Tee SIS OP1S Connecting cable 000 e es N AIO OO OP1S side 9 pole SUB D socket O0o o N o 000o Unit side 9 pole SUB D connector Fig 8 4 Example The OP1S in a point to point link with the Compact PLUS unit NOTE In the as delivered state or after a reset of the parameters to the factory setting a point to point link can be adopted with the OP1S without any further preparatory measures and parameterization can be commenced Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 9 Parameterization 08 2009 eme Fan key For energizing the drive enabling motor activation The function must be enabled by P554 OFF key e For de energizing the drive by means of OFF1 OFF2 or OFF3 depending on parameterization The function must be enabled by P554 to P560 Jog key e For jogging with jogging setpoint 1 only effective when the unit is in the ready to start state This function must be enabled by P568 Reversing key
47. NC block which was read in contains the inprocess measurement or set actual value on the fly function although a digital input Program the digital input for the desired function programmed has not been programmed for this function machine data 45 Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp A191 Although the external block change function Correct the program Digital input not actuated was programmed the digital input was not actuated in order to trigger the external block change Effect The NC program is interrupted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Check the actuation of the digital input Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 27 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A195 Negative overtravel reached Negative software limit switch position approached Software limit switches negative machine data 12 entered incorrectly The programmed position is less than the negative software limit switch Reference point coordinate machine data 3 is less than the negative software limit Switch Incorrect encoder actual value Effect The axis movement is stopped via the deceleration ramp Check the machine data and the NC program Check the encoder actual value A
48. Reduction of the linked connections between the two processors Interface between the two processors is position control setpoint conditioning i e softwires from and to the setpoint conditioning position controller speed controller torque interface and current controller which are not necessary should be dissolved to reduce the link value 0 F045 HW fault on optional boards A hardware fault has occurred during access to an optional board Replace CU board Compact chassis units Replace the unit Compact PLUS Check the connection betewen the subrack and the optional boards Replace optional boards F046 Parameter coupling fault A fault has occurred during the transfer of parameters to the DSP If fault re occurs replace the board unit 12 4 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F051 Encoder fault Signal amplitude of resolver or encoder is below the tolerance threshold Power supply faults in the case of encoders and multiturn encoders In the case of multiturn encoders SSI Endat connection fault of the serial protocol Fault value r949 10th and 1st position 9 Resolver signal missing sin cos track 20 Position error Alarm A18 was generated during the change to the operation state For remedial action see 29 21
49. Regulations Rule 15 Rule 16 Rule 17 Rule 18 Rule 19 Rule 20 A noise suppression filter should always be placed close to the fault source The filter should be connected to the mounting plate etc over a large surface area A bare metal mounting panel e g manufactured from stainless steel galvanized steel is best as electrical contact is established through the entire mounting surface If the mounting panel is painted the paint has to be removed at the screw mounting points for the frequency converter and the noise suppression filter to ensure good electrical contact To limit the interference emission the cables between the filter output the line commutating reactor and the converter should be shielded The incoming and outgoing cables of the radio interference suppression filter have to be spatially separated isolated In order to limit the noise emitted all variable speed motors have to be connected up using shielded cables with the shields being connected to the respective housings at both ends in a low inductive manner through the largest possible surface area The motor feeder cables also have to be shielded inside the cabinet or at least shielded using grounded partitions Suitable motor feeder cable e g Siemens PROTOFLEX EMV CY 4 x 1 5 mm 4 x 120 mm with Cu shield Cables with steel shields are unsuitable A suitable PG gland with shield connection can be used at the motor to connect the shield
50. Replacing the fan in units up to 180 mm wide sss 9 3 10 decns 10 1 11 TECHNICAL DATA uuu a una 11 1 12 FAULTS AND ALARMNS 22a 12 1 12 1 Faults 5 si usata RE ete a ea tee dicte ee dedita 12 1 12 2 Alarms e Nein 12 13 12 3 Fatal errors FE itu e E d Leg PEL Ee eR La a dde dA 12 36 13 ENVIRONMENTAL FRIENDLINESS 13 1 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 0 2 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Definitions and Warnings 1 Definitions and Warnings Qualified personnel DANGER WARNING CAUTION CAUTION NOTICE NOTE For the purpose of this documentation and the product warning labels a Qualified person is someone who is familiar with the installation mounting start up operation and maintenance of the product He or she must have the following qualifications Trained or authorized to energize de energize ground and tag circuits and equipment in accordance with established safety procedures Trained or authorized in the proper care and use of protective equipment in accordance with established safety procedures Trained in rendering first aid indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death serious injury and considerable damage to property indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death serious injury and considerable dam
51. Table 7 2 Motor connection The connector has to be screwed firmly to the housing providing resistance to vibration and protecting against being inadvertently withdrawn The motor cables must be dimensioned in accordance with VDE 298 Part 2 After installation of the connector the shield of the motor cable must be fixed to the shield plate through a large surface area 7 6 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up 7 1 2 Power connections for units with a width of 135 mm and 180 mm X3 DC link bus The DC link bus module serves to supply the unit with electrical energy module EE S EE EE Bar Designation Meaning Range 3 PES Protective conductor connection 2 D L DC link voltage DC 510 650 V 1 C L DC link voltage DC 510 650 V Connectable cross section Electro plated copper 3x10 mm rounded off according to DIN 46433 Bar 1 is at the front when installed Table 7 3 DC link busbars X2 Motor The motor connection is to a terminal block at the bottom of the unit connection Te ee Se pe 18 5 kW Terminal Meaning Range PE Protective conductor connection PE U2 v2 wd U2 T1 Phase U2 T1 3AC 0 V 480 V V2 T2 Phase V2 T2 3AC 0 V 480 V W2 T3 Phase W2 T3 3AC 0 V 480 V Lilli Connectable cross section Housing width 135 mm 10 mm AWG 8 stranded Housing width 180 mm 16 mm AWG 6 stranded Viewed from the
52. Tools 2 ONLINE Settings see section 8 4 2 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 15 Parameterization 08 2009 8 4 2 3 Creating a parameter set With menu File 2 New gt you can create a new drive for parameterization see Fig 8 10 The system creates a download file dnl in which the drive characteristic data type device version are stored You can create the download file on the basis of an empty parameter set or the factory setting DriveMon DER view Tools Help Open CTRL 0 Empty parameter set Set up an ONLINE connection Export Import Convert Parameter sets last dealt with Exit Generates a new parameter set based on the Factory setting Fig 8 10 Creating a new drive Based on factory setting The parameter list is preassigned with the factory setting values Empty parameter set For compilation of individually used parameters If the parameters of a parameter set that has already been created have to be changed this can be done by calling the corresponding download file via the File 2 Open menu function The last four drives can be opened via Parameter sets last dealt with When you create a new drive the window Drive Properties Fig 8 11 opens Here you must enter the following data In dropdown list box Device type select the type of device e g MASTERDRIVES MC You can only select the devices stored
53. Torsion gear play 2 Acceleration drives 3 Load surge 4 Smooth running characteristics 5 Efficiency optimization 6 Heavy duty starting 7 Dynamic torque response in field weakening range v See Drive setting section for description Thermal motor System with motor protection according to UL regulation protection desired The motor temperature is calculated via the motor current es In the pre setting motor overload protection in accordance with P095 2 ion i i er UL regulation is activated Specify motor cooling iocis 0 self ventilated 1 forced ventilated automatically pre set for P095 2 P097 gt 0 Enter the thermal time constant of the motor in s automatically pre set for P095 2 P097 gt 0 The motor load limit P384 2 is pre assigned to 100 no Al lt P383 0 P383 H Hal Select setpoint and command source P368 7 sheet s1 s4 s6 s71 s72 s82 s83 P368 0 1 2 3 TU MOR Analog and digital inputs on the terminal strip Fixed setpoints and digital inputs on the terminal strip MOP and digital inputs on the terminal strip USS1 e g with SIMATIC P918 1 Y P370 1 8 not used PROFIBUS CBP without fig OP1S and fixed setpoints via SCom2 OP1S and MOP via SCom2 X103 PMU Enter the USS bus address OYNAnRWNAO 4 amp o Enter the PROFIBUS address Start of quick parame
54. Used to download parameters from an OP1S a PC or an automation unit When selected the unit switches to status 21 Download Upread free access Contains the complete parameter set and is used for free access to all parameters without being restricted by further menus Enables all parameters to be upread upload by an OP1S PC or automation unit Power section Used to define the power section only necessary for units of definition the Compact and chassis type When selected the unit switches to status O Power section definition Table 8 1 Main menus Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 3 Parameterization 09 2009 User parameters Lock and key In principle parameters are firmly assigned to the menus However the User parameters menu has a special status Parameters assigned to this menu are not fixed but can be changed You are thus able to put together the parameters required for your application in this menu and structure them according to your needs The user parameters can be selected via P360 Select UserParam In order to prevent undesired parameterization of the units and to protect your know how stored in the parameterization it is possible to restrict access to the parameters by defining your own passwords with the parameters P358 key and P359 lock 8 4 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterizat
55. When the field coil is supplied via an external 24 V supply its negative pole must be connected to ground potential The external 24 V supply must comply with the requirements for PELV circuits to EN 50178 DIN VDE 0160 In the shipped state a jumper is inserted between terminals 3 and 4 The jumper must be removed before the SAFE STOP function can be used and an external control for selecting the function connected If the safety relay is supplied via the internal supply at X533 4 the external 24 V supply must deliver at least 22 V at terminal X9 1 2 to ensure that the relay picks up reliably internal voltage drop Terminal strip X533 Optocoupler fibre optics supply 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 7 16 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up The checkback contacts of the safety relay are capable of at least 100 000 switching cycles at the specified load 30 V DC 1 A The mechanical service life is about 10 switching cycles The safety relay is an important component in ensuring reliability and availability of the machine For this reason the pcb with the safety relay must be replaced in the case of malfunction In this case the unit must be returned for repair or replaced Function checks must be carried out at regular intervals which must be defined in compliance with Employer s Liability Insurance Regulation BGV A3 839 para 3 Accordingly function checks must be performed as
56. application of safe stop function with contactor safety combination for monitoring a moving protective device in Safety Category 3 to EN 954 1 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 7 18 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up All external cables relevant to the safety function are protected e g installed in cable ducts to preclude the possibility of short circuits Cables must be installed in compliance with the requirements of EN 60204 1 Section 14 In the circuit shown in Fig 7 7 the tumbler does not release the moving protective device until the drive has stopped It may be possible to omit the tumbler if the risk assessment of the machine deems this to be safe In this case the NC contact of the protective device is connected directly to terminals Y11 and Y12 and electromagnet Y1 is omitted Binary input X is negated with signal OFF3 i e at 24 V the converter decelerates the motor to zero speed along the parameterized deceleration ramp The converter signals zero speed via binary output Y thus energizing relay K2 Once the motor has stopped the safety relay in the converter is opened and the coil of main contactor K1 remains at 24 V via the checkback contact If contacts in the safety relay are sticking the checkback contacts do not close and the safety combination on the right deenergizes main contactor K1 via delayed contacts 47 48 when the set delay period expires Siemens AG 6S5E7087
57. board screws and remove the board Insert the optional board from the behind the broken out slot cover O until the position of the 64 pole system connector on the electronic board corresponds with the position of the socket Insert the option board into the 64 pole system connector on the electronic board Screw the optional board tight at the fastening points in the front section of the optional board with the two screws Fig 5 10 Installing the optional board Mounting the option Place the option card holder horizontally on the rear edge of all fitted card holder option cards and tighten the previously removed screws at the fixing points Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 11 Installation 08 2009 Reassemble device Mount device Connecting up the unit Designating the optional board Place the front of the device with the electronics board to the left next to the device Connect the ribbon cable again with the electronics board and the power section and close the lock on the connector To start with hold the front of the device with the left hand side panel tilted to the right at an angle of approx 30 and place this unit on the front of the device Be careful not to damage the insulating film on the right hand inner side panel and to position the left hand side panel through the fixing lug
58. by environmentally friendly flame retardants Environmental compatibility was an important criterium when selecting the supplied components Purchased components are generally supplied in recyclable packaging materials board Surface finishes and coatings were eliminated with the exception of the galvanized sheet steel side panels ASIC devices and SMD devices were used on the boards The production is emission free The unit can be broken down into recyclable mechanical components as a result of easily releasable screw and snap connections The plastic components are to DIN 54840 and have a recycling symbol After the service life has expired the product must be disposed of in accordance with the applicable national regulations Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 1 Bisher sind folgende Ausgaben erschienen The following versions have been published so far Version Internal item number Ausgabe AM besteht aus folgenden Kapiteln Anderungen Ausgabe datum 1 Definitionen und Wamungen berarbeitete Ausgabe 6 082008 Montage berarbeitete Ausgabe 08 2009 6 JEMV gerechter Aufbau JL berarbeitete Ausgabe 6 022008 8 Parametierung berarbeitete Ausgabe 49 08 2009 9 Watug berarbeitete Ausgabe 3 08 2008 11 Technische Daten berarbeitet Ausgabe 8 082008 Version AM consists of the following chapters
59. connected or disconnected Failure to observe this advice can result in encoder defects which may in turn cause uncontrolled axis movements After checking that the cabling has been correctly connected and that it sits properly power up the external 24 V supply After the electronics power supply has been started the unit initializes itself The action can take several seconds The drive status is subsequently shown on the PMU and Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations See section Connecting up and Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 4 1 First Start up 02 2005 If necessary carry out parameter reset to factory setting Parameterizing by download or with parameter modules Function test Y If the PMU does not show status 009 after completion of the unit initialization or if the unit has already been See section parameterized before you should carry out a parameter Parameterization reset to factory setting See section Parameterization After checking the unit and the cabling once more power up the line voltage and perform a function test according to your parameterization WARNING _ It must be ensured that no danger for persons and equipment can occur by energizing the power and the unit It is recommended not to couple the driven machine until the function
60. control electronics e Move the cover forwards and take it off Remove the fan connection on the power section Undo the four mounting screws or slide out the internal parts of the insert rivets Then remove the fan The insert rivets can be re used Fit the new fan by reversing this sequence of operations Make sure that the arrow indicating the direction of rotation is pointing to the inside of the unit Undo the four mounting screws or slide out the internal parts of the insert rivets Then remove the fan The insert rivets can be re used Disconnect the leads on the fan Fit the new fan in the reverse order Make sure that the arrow indicating the direction of air flow points to the inside of the unit NOTICE Make sure that the leads to the fan are connected the right way round Otherwise the fan will not operate Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 3 08 2009 Forming 10 Forming CAUTION If a unit has been non operational for more than two years the DC link capacitors have to be newly formed If this is not carried out the unit can be damaged when the line voltage is powered up How the serial number is made up If the unit was started up within two years of manufacture the DC link capacitors do not have to be re formed The date of manufacture of the unit can be read from the serial number Example F2UD012345 Position Example Meaning 1 to2 F2 P
61. destroyed by electrostatic discharge These components can be easily destroyed if not carefully handled If you have to handle electronic boards please observe the following Electronic boards should only be touched when absolutely necessary The human body must be electrically discharged before touching an electronic board Boards must not come into contact with highly insulating materials e g plastic parts insulated desktops articles of clothing manufactured from man made fibers Boards must only be placed on conductive surfaces Boards and components should only be stored and transported in conductive packaging e g metalized plastic boxes or metal containers If the packing material is not conductive the boards must be wrapped with a conductive packaging material e g conductive foam rubber or household aluminium foil The necessary ESD protective measures are clearly shown again in the following diagram a Conductive floor surface b ESD table c ESD shoes d ESD overall e ESD chain f Cubicle ground connection d f f f f L SR ER vk c a Sitting Standing Standing Sitting Fig 1 1 ESD protective measures Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 1 3 Definitions and Warnings 08 2008 Safety and Operating Instructions for Drive Converters in conformity with the low voltage directive 73 23 EEC 1 General
62. double 60 Internal error F056 SIMOLINK telegram failure Communication on the SIMOLINK ring is disturbed Check the fiber optic cable ring Check whether an SLB in the ring is without voltage Check whether an SLB in the ring is faulty Check P741 SLB TIgOFF Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 7 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F057 Brake does not open The brake has not opened the output current of the converter has exceeded the parameterized current threshold U840 for longer than one second with the rotor locked Note Only with U800 1 Check brake Check I max brake U840 The set threshold must be at least 10 above the maximum possible acceleration current F058 Parameter fault Parameter task A fault has occurred during the processing of a parameter task No remedy F059 Parameter fault after factory setting init A fault has occurred in the initialization phase during the calculation of a parameter The number of the inconsistent parameter is indicated in fault value r949 Correct this parameter ALL indices and switch voltage off and on again Several parameters may be affected i e repeat process F060 MLFB is missing This is set if the MLFB 0 after exiting INITIALIZATION 0 0 kW MLFB order number After acknowledgement i
63. drive detection is de activated In the case of v f control the max controller must be active F017 SAFE STOP operating or failure of the 24 V Jumper applied for SAFE STOP power supply during operation only for SAFE STOP checkback connected SAFE STOP Compact PLUS units On Compact PLUS units check 24 V supply Compact PLUS only F020 Excess temperature of motor The motor temperature limit value has been exceeded r949 1 Motor temperature limit value exceeded r949 2 Short circuit in the motor temperature sensor cable or sensor defective r949 4 Wire break of motor temperature sensor cable or sensor defective Temperature threshold adjustable in P381 P131 2 0 gt fault de activated Check the motor load ventilation etc The current motor temperature can be read in r009 Motor Temperat Check the sensor for cable break short circuit F021 Motor I2t Parameterized limit value of the 12t monitoring for the motor P384 002 has been exceeded Check Thermal time constant of motor P383 Mot ThermT Const or motor I2t load limit P384 002 The I2t monitoring for the motor is automatically activated if P383 gt 100s factory setting and P381 gt 220 C is set Monitoring can be switched off by setting a value 100s in P383 F023 Excess temperature of inverter The limit value of the inverter temperature has been exceeded Measure the air intake and ambient temperature
64. enables parameterization operator control and visualization of the converters and inverters directly on the unit itself It is an integral part of the basic units It has a four digit seven segment display and several keys The PMU is used with preference for parameterizing simple applications requiring a small number of set parameters and for quick parameterization Seven segment display for Drive statuses gonna mod Alarms and faults AESGS F au Parameter numbers FDU DOD Bane Guut er A PJG JOO HAGO LAOG GA Toggle key P Parameter indices n 5 Parameter values 5 dL os Ts Fig 8 14 PMU in units of the Compact PLUS type 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 8 18 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization Kw Seems Fm e Toggle key e For switching between parameter number parameter index and parameter value in the indicated sequence command becomes effective when the key is released e If fault display is active For acknowledging the fault Raise key For increasing the displayed value e Short press single step increase e Long press rapid increase Lower key For lowering the displayed value Short press single step decrease Long press rapid decrease P Hold toggle key If parameter number level is active For jumping back and forth and depress raise between the last selected parameter number and the key op
65. equal that of one converter then the line side components must be dimensioned according to the next higher converter power NOTICE If more than two inverters are connected to the DC bus of a converter an external DC 24 V supply must be provided for these inverters Only one further inverter can be connected to the 24 V voltage output in the case of a converter with a housing width of 45 mm 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 7 20 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization 8 Parameterization It is possible to parameterize the units of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES series by various methods of parameter input Every unit can be set via the dedicated parameterizing unit PMU without the need to use additional components Each unit is supplied with the user software DriveMonitor and comprehensive electronic documentation on a DVD In the case of installation on a standard PC the units can be parameterized via the serial interface of the PC The software provides extensive parameter aids and a prompted start up function The unit can be further parameterized by entering parameters with the OP1S manual operator panel and via a controller at the field bus level e g Profibus 8 1 Parameter menus Parameters with related functions are compiled in menus for structuring the parameter set stored in the units A menu thus represents a selection out of the entire supply of parameters of the unit It is possible
66. error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC program Check the machine data A241 Table assignment changed The table assignment has been changed Effect NC tables cannot be processed Load the table again Note A table can only be loaded again if it is not selected The warning is cleared automatically when the table has been successfully loaded A242 Table 1 was not loaded correctly or has been Load table 1 again reset Table 1 invalid Note Effect Table 1 can only be loaded again if it is not Table 1 cannot be processed selected The warning is cleared automatically when table 1 has been successfully loaded A243 Table 2 was not loaded correctly or has been Load table 2 again reset Table 2 invalid Note Effect Table 2 can only be loaded again if it is not Table 2 cannot be processed selected The warning is cleared automatically when table 2 has been successfully loaded 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 12 34 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A244 Travel table 3 not valid Travel table 3 has not been correctly adopted or has been reset Consequence Travel table 3 cannot be processed Adopt travel table 3 again Note Travel table 3 can only be newly adopted if it i
67. forward to the front approx 1 cm so that the rear fold on the left hand side panel can be loosened from the rear panel of the device as well as the front cover on the right hand front panel from the housing Fig 5 9 You can then fold out the unit consisting of front cover and left hand side panel to the left Fig 5 9 Open the locking levers of the ribbon cable on the power section which connects to the control electronics Remove the front of the device together with electronics board and any additional options from the device as d es 73 e Remove the cover of the selected slot on the front panel Todo so you must carefully cut through the four connecting points of the cover on the front panel with a thin knife or remove the existing blind caps Remove the fixing screws of the option card holder from the pins and lift the option card holder from the device 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Installation Removing the optional board Mounting the optional board Slot C Undo the two optional board screws by about one turn each Loosen the connection between the system connector and the board so as to prevent any mechanical tension arising when the screws are fully unscrewed Take out the optional
68. front Terminal PE is at the left Table 7 4 Motor connection The motor cables must be dimensioned in accordance with VDE 298 Part 2 After installation of the connector the shield of the motor cable must be fixed to the shield plate through a large surface area Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 7 Connecting up 08 2008 X2 Motor connection gt 22 kW U2 V2 W2 eO Gol een The motor connection is to a terminal block at the bottom of the unit Terminal Meaning Range Protective conductor connection U2 T1 Phase U2 T1 3AC 0 V 480 V V2 T2 Phase V2 T2 3AC 0 V 480 V W2 T3 Phase W2 T3 3AC 0 V 480 V Connectable cross section Maximum cross section 50 mm AWG 1 0 Minimum cross section 10 mm AWG 6 PE terminal is at the bottom right of the shield plate Table 7 5 Motor connection The motor cables must be dimensioned in accordance with VDE 298 Part 2 After installation of the connector the shield of the motor cable must be fixed to the shield plate through a large surface area 7 8 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up 7 2 Control connections Standard connections WARNING WARNING CAUTION The basic version of the unit is provided with the following control connections external 24V supply U
69. has Increase relevant maximum speed been exceeded Overspeed Reduce regenerative load see FD 480 A034 Bit 8 in r552 status word 1 of the setpoint Check Setpoint actual value deviation channel The difference between freqeuncy Setpoint actual value is greater than the parameterized value and the control monitoring time has elapsed whether an excessive torque requirement is present whether the motor has been dimensioned too small Increase values P792 Perm Deviation Frq set actual DevSpeed and P794 Deviation Time A036 Brake checkback Brake still closed The brake checkback indicates the Brake still closed state Check brake checkback see FD 470 A037 Brake checkback Brake still open The brake checkback indicates the Brake still open state Check brake checkback see FD 470 A042 Motor stall block Motor is stalled or blocked The alarm cannot be influenced by P805 PullOut BlckTime but by P794 Deviation Time Check whether the drive is blocked Whether the drive has stalled A049 No slave not Compact PLUS At serial UO SCB1 with SCI1 2 no slave is connected or fiber optic cable is interrupted or slaves are without voltage P690 SSCI Analn Conf Check slave Check cable A050 Slave incorrect not Compact PLUS At ser I O the slaves required according to a parameterized configuration are not present slave number or slave type
70. has been successfully adopted the alarm message is automatically canceled A249 Travel table 8 not valid Travel table 8 has not been correctly adopted or has been reset Consequence Travel table 8 cannot be processed Adopt travel table 8 again Note Travel table 8 can only be newly adopted if it is not selected When travel table 8 has been successfully adopted the alarm message is automatically canceled Table 12 2 Alarm numbers causes and their counter measures Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 35 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 12 3 Fatal errors FF Fatal errors are serious hardware or software errors which no longer permit normal operation of the unit They only appear on the PMU in the form FF lt No gt The software is re booted by actuating any key on the PMU Number Fault Cause Counter measure Fro Time slot overflow A time slot overflow which cannot be remedied has been detected in the high priority time slots At least 40 failures of time slots T2 T3 T4 or T5 see also parameter r829 2 to r829 5 Reduce pulse frequency P340 Replace CU FFO3 Access fault Optional board Serious faults have occurred while accessing external option boards CB TB SCB TSY Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace the LBA Replace the option board FF04
71. ie Bidirectional gt Out In lt Out g PAP digital inputs sv a A EIN and outputs L N lt bt lt Out S lout lt 20 mA 24V In gb BOOT 7 et Out In Outputs 4 bidirectional digital inputs outputs EH 5 en AN Digital inputs 24 Ri 3 4kQ 5 Sie Inputs T 24 gt in T Analog input 1 I non floating D Ell 11 bit sign E AI 1 Serial interface 1 Rin 60 kO RS232 Analog output 1 NH 10 10 V 10 bit sign A U I lt 5mA AO 1 K Slot A EC Slot B Reference voltage P10 V N10V I 5mA s4 X104 1 Tacho M N Analog output 2 2 10 10 V SS 10 bit sign A 3 Track A 24 Pulse U 1 lt 5 mA AO I 0 520 mA A encoder l 0 20 mA Track B 1 lt 190 mA S 25 Analog input 2 T K_ gt non floating S3 y pin ZRrE 26 11 bit sign C I U Rin 60 kQ 45 v Al2 Contro 5 l Rin 250 Q close S3 Tacho P24 28 EAM 5 2 Digital input 24 In Mottemp BS Ri 2 3 4 kO D P 29 Motor Out Mottemp temperature Y 30 sensor Floating contact switch Nam KTY84 or 30V 0 5A E PTC thermistor Fig 7 5 Overview of the standard connections 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 7 10 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up Switch settings Switch Meaning S3 4 5 6 AI2 Switching between current voltage input e Jumper 5 6 e Voltage input default setting e Jumper 4 5 e Current input S4 1 2 3 AO2 Switching between current voltage outp
72. mA at analog input 3 slave 1 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 1 X428 10 11 F076 Anlnp1 SL2 not Compact PLUS 4 mA at analog input 1 slave 2 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 2 X428 4 5 F077 Anlnp2 SL2 not Compact PLUS 4 mA at analog input 2 slave 2 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 2 X428 7 8 F078 Anlnp3 SL2 not Compact PLUS 4 mA at analog input 3 slave 2 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 2 X428 10 11 F079 SCB telegram failure not Compact PLUS No telegram has been received by the SCB USS peer to peer SCI within the telegram failure time Check the connections of the SCB1 2 Check P704 03 SCom SCB Tlg OFF Replce SCB1 2 Replace CU A10 F080 TB CB initialization fault Fault during initialization of the board at the DPR interface Fault value r949 1 Board code incorrect 2 TB CB board not compatible 3 CB board not compatible 5 Error in configuration data 6 Initialization timeout 7 TB CB board double 10 Channel error Check the T300 CB board for correct contacting check the PSU power supply check the CU CB T boards and check the CB initialization parameters P918 01 CB Bus Address P711 01 to P721 01 CB parameters 1 to 11 F081 OptB
73. menu Grant parameter access 6 Parameter changes permitted via PMU and serial interface SCom1 OP1S and PC Menu selection Fixed settings Select desired factory setting 0 Standard Note This parameter was correctly set prior to despatch of the unit and only needs to be changed in exceptional cases Start parameter reset 0 Parameter reset 1 No parameter change Fig 8 17 Sequence for parameter reset to factory setting qo D 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization 8 6 Parameterizing by download Downloading with The OP1S operator control panel is capable of upreading parameter OP1S sets from the units and storing them These parameter sets can then be transferred to other units by download Downloading with the OP1S is thus the preferred method of parameterizing replacement units in a Service case During downloading with the OP1S it is assumed that the units are in the as delivered state The parameters for the power section definition are thus not transferred see section Detailed parameterization power section definition If a PIN has been entered to release optional technology functions this is also not overwritten during downloading With the OP Download function a parameter set stored in the OP1S can be written into the connected slave Starting from the basic menu the OP Download function is selected with Lower or Raise and acti
74. mode and in automatic parameter assignment mode P115 1 2 3 these reference variables are set to the motor ratings In case of automatic parameter assignment this occurs only if the Drive setting converter status is activated The reference speed and reference frequency are always connected by the pole pair number 60 P109 If one of the two parameters is changed the other is calculated using this equation Since this calculation is not made on download see section 6 2 2 these two quantities must always be loaded in the correct relationship If the setpoint and actual control signals are related to a desired reference speed in rpm P353 must be set accordingly P352 is calculated automatically If a rotational frequency in Hz is to be used as the reference calculated using the pole pair number P109 P352 must be set P353 P352 x Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 9 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 Torque reference value Reference power value Reference current value NOTE Since the torque signals and parameters in the control system are always specified and displayed as a percentage the ratio of the reference torque P354 to the rated motor torque P113 is always important for accuracy If both values are the same a display value of 100 corresponds exactly to the rated motor torque irrespective of the values actually entered in P354 and P113 For
75. n speed with pulse encoder P130 11 5 Torque control M control with pulse controller P130 11 For v f control 0 2 a linear curve is set in P330 P330 1 parabolic The pulse encoder has a pulse number of P151 1024 per revolution The following inputs of motor data are necessary if the motor deviates from the converter data if one of the vector control types P100 3 4 5 has been selected or if speed feedback is used P100 0 In the case of motor outputs higher than approx 200 kW one of the vector control types should be used amp 4 P1012 Enter the rated motor voltage in V as per rating plate P4102 Enter the rated motor current in A as per rating plate group drives total of all motor currents P1052 IEC motor Cos phi as per rating plate NEMA motor nominal rating Hp group drives total of all ratings P1062 NEMA motor Enter the motor efficiency in as per rating plate dale iE e fale lg al 2 P108 Enter the rated motor speed in rpm as per rating plate P409 Enter the motor pole pair number is automatically calculated P104 Enter the rated motor frequency in Hz P107 as per rating plate Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 7 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 INCORRECT SETTINGS CAN BE DANGEROUS P100 1 2 For vector control only Process related boundary conditions for control 0 Standard drives default 1
76. of alarm see FD 710 A062 Alarm 2 Function blocks An active signal is present at binector U066 1 Check cause of alarm see FD 710 A063 Alarm 3 Function blocks An active signal is present at binector U067 1 Check cause of alarm see FD 710 A064 Alarm 4 Function blocks An active signal is present at binector U068 1 Check cause of alarm see FD 710 A072 Frict Char Init Automatic initiation of the friction characteristic has been selected but the drive has not yet been switched on Note If the ON command is not given within 30 seconds the automatic initiation of the friction characteristic is stopped with fault F099 Energize drive Drive status Operation 014 A073 Interr InitFric Automatic initiation of the friction characteristic has been interrupted OFF command or fault Note If the drive is not switched on again within 5 minutes the automatic initiation of the friction characteristic is stopped F099 Rectifiy any causes of the fault Re energize the drive A074 Incompl FricChar Incomplete initiation of friction characteristic As there is a lack of enables or due to limitations complete initiation of the friction characteristic is not possible in both directions Grant enable for both directions of rotation Set the speed limitations for both directions such that all characteristic points can be approached A075 Ls R
77. of the technical user documentation Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 1 5 Definitions and Warnings 08 2008 DANGER Electrical magnetic and electromagnetic fields EMF that occur during operation can pose a danger to persons who are present in the direct vicinity of the product especially persons with pacemakers implants or similar devices The relevant directives and standards must be observed by the machine plant operators and persons present in the vicinity of the product These are for example EMF Directive 2004 40 EEC and standards EN 12198 1 to 3 pertinent to the European Economic Area EEA as well as accident prevention code BGV 11 and the associated rule BGR 11 Electromagnetic fields of the German employer s liability accident insurance association pertinent to Germany These state that a hazard analysis must be drawn up for every workplace from which measures for reducing dangers and their impact on persons are derived and applied and exposure and danger zones are defined and observed The safety information in the Storage Transport Installation Commissioning Operation Maintenance Disassembly and Disposal sections must also be taken into account 1 6 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 Description 2 Description Range of application The inverters are power electronics components for feeding three
78. or resolver and at the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES through a large surface area The shield must not be interrupted e g using intermediate terminals Pre assembled cables with multiple shields should be used for encoders and resolvers see Catalog DA65 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 6 1 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations 02 2008 Rule 9 Rule 10 Rule 11 Rule 12 Rule 13 Rule 14 The cable shields of digital signal cables must be connected to ground at both ends transmitter and receiver through the largest possible surface area If the equipotential bonding is poor between the shield connections an additional equipotential bonding conductor with at least 10 mm must be connected in parallel to the shield to reduce the shield current Generally the shields can be connected to ground cabinet housing in several places The shields can also be connected to ground at several locations even outside the cabinet Foil type shields are not to be favoured They do not shield as well as braided shields they are poorer by a factor of at least 5 The cable shields of analog signal cables can be connected to ground at both ends if the equipotential bonding is good Good equipotential bonding is achieved if Rule 1 is observed If low frequency noise occurs on analog cables for example speed measured value fluctuations as a result of equalizing currents hum the shields are on
79. output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp A219 The decoded NC block contains several Correct the NC block Multiple dimensions specification not allowed mutually exclusive G functions from the dimensional notation group G90 G91 Example N1 G90 G91 The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp 12 32 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A220 Multiple zero offset selection not allowed The decoded NC block contains several mutually exclusive G functions from the zero offset group G53 to G59 Example N1 G54 G58 The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block A221 Multiple tool offset selection not allowed The decoded NC block contains
80. parameters The parameter sets must be read out upread from the units first Stored parameter sets can also be transferred downloaded to other units The OP1S and the unit to be operated communicate with each other via a serial interface RS485 using the USS protocol During communication the OP1S assumes the function of the master whereas the connected units function as slaves The OP1S can be operated at baud rates of 9 6 kBd and 19 2 kBd and is capable of communicating with up to 32 slaves addresses 0 to 31 It can therefore be used both in a point to point link e g during initial parameterization and within a bus configuration The plain text displays can be shown in one of five different languages German English Spanish French Italian The language is chosen by selecting the relevant parameter for the slave in question NOTE The parameter settings for the units connected to the OP1S are given in the corresponding documentation of the unit Compendium 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 8 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization 8 2 A 25V 00 z 100 000 min 1 LCD 4 lines x 16 characters 100 000 min 1 Run R 9 pole SUB D connector LED red O Fault on rear of unit LED green O Run Reversing key ON key l N Raise key OFF key O P
81. parameters are set to produce the desired control functionality The motor parameters and the relevant controller settings are calculated using automatic parameterization P115 1 NOTE Parameterizing with parameter modules is carried out only in BICO data set 1 and in function and motor data set 1 Quick parameterization is effected in the Download converter status Since quick parameterization includes the factory settings for all parameters all previous parameter settings are lost Quick parameterization incorporates an abridged drive setting e g pulse encoder always with pulse number revolution 1024 Siemens AG 6S5E7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 5 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 Function diagram Function diagram modules function diagrams are shown after the flow modules chart for parameter modules stored in the unit software On the first few pages are the setpoint and command sources sheets s1 s83 on the following pages are the analog outputs and the display parameters sheet a0 and the open loop and closed loop control types sheets rO to r5 It is therefore possible to put together the function diagrams to exactly suit the selected combination of setpoint command source and open closed loop control type This will give you an overview of the functionality parameterized in the units and of the necessary assignment of the terminals The function par
82. required by the relevant service conditions but at least once a year and additionally after initial commissioning and any modification and or maintenance work P24 Emerg stop closed __ tr A Y10 Y11 Y12 y 21 Ye2 13 23 31 47 57 A1 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y21 Y22 13 23 31 o 9 6 o 3TK2828 TT 3TK2828 Y33 Y34 PE A2 Reset S3 Y33 Y34 PE A2 14 24 Main owich 01 j i OptionK80 Ki n 0 Cu control board I SIMOVERT orr I MASTERDRIVES m Uz Ng K1 X Binary input connect to OFF3 e g X101 8 gt P558 21 Y Binary output connect to Comparison value reached e g X101 6 gt P654 120 P796 0 comparison value Fig 7 6 Sample application of safe stop function with contactor safety combination for monitoring a moving protective device in Safety Category 3 to EN 954 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 17 Connecting up 08 2008 All external cables relevant to the safety function are protected e g installed in cable ducts to preclude the possibility of short circuits Cables must be installed in compliance with the requirements of EN 60204 1 Section 14 In the circuit shown in Fig 7 6 the tumbler does not release the moving protective device until the drive has
83. search forward level 2 cmd The subprogram number transferred with block search for level 2 is not the same as the subprogram number in the NC block Effect NC program execution is inhibited For the block search function the subprogram number specified in the NC block must be specified as the subprogram number for level 2 12 26 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A183 Block no of block search fwd l 0 does not exist The block number for the main program level 0 which was transferred with block search does not exist in the main program Effect NC program execution is inhibited For the block search function an existing block number must be specified as the block number for the main program A184 Block no of block search forward is no UP call The block number for the main program level 0 which was transferred with block search does not contain a subprogram call for subprogram level 1 Effect NC program execution is inhibited For the block search function a block number with a subprogram call must be specified as the block number for the main program level 0 if a block search is to be performed in subprogram level 1 A185 Block no of block search forward does not exist The block number for subprogram level 1 which was transferr
84. several mutually exclusive G functions from the tool offset selection group G43 G44 Example N1 G43 G44 D2 The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block A223 Subprogram number does not exist The decoded NC block contains a subprogram call however the NC program which was called does not exist in the memory of the technology Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block A224 Subprogram nesting depth not allowed The permissible nesting depth of subprograms was exceeded Recursive calling of subprograms The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC program The permissible nesting depth for subprograms is 2 subprogram levels Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 33 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Alarm
85. shield connections an additional equipotential bonding conductor with at least 10 mm must be connected in parallel to the shield to reduce the shield current Generally the shields can be connected to ground cabinet housing in several places The shields can also be connected to ground at several locations even outside the cabinet Foil type shields are not to be favoured They do not shield as well as braided shields they are poorer by a factor of at least 5 The cable shields of analog signal cables can be connected to ground at both ends if the equipotential bonding is good Good equipotential bonding is achieved if Rule 1 is observed If low frequency noise occurs on analog cables for example speed measured value fluctuations as a result of equalizing currents hum the shields are only connected for analog signals at one end at the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES The other end of the shield should be grounded through a capacitor e g 10 nF 100 V type MKT However the shield is still connected at both ends to ground for high frequency as a result of the capacitor If possible the signal cables should only enter the cabinet at one side If SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES are operated from an external 24 V power supply this power supply must not feed several consumers separately installed in various cabinets hum can be coupled in The optimum solution is for each SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVE to have its own power supply Prevent noise from bein
86. status m Connection with device OK A k d dae Bus Address IER A T For Help press F1 Fig 8 13 Drive Navigator Options Drive Navigator 1 Toolbars Yes Smallicons No preselection parameter list C Large icons Drive window preselection Show info window C None C Yes Ze Parameter List Complete No C Free Parameterization Parameter selection window Activate tool interface Save last settings Yes All subdirectories opened C No Cancel Fig 8 14 Options menu display Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 21 Parameterization 08 2009 Toolbar of the Drive Navigator Assisted commissioning Direct to parameter list General diagnostics Save drive parameters to a file Download parameter file to drive Load standard application gt Assisted F01 technology COMM Basic positioner operating screens 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 22 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization 8 4 3 2 General diagnostics Via the Diagnostics gt General diagnostics menu the following window opens This window gives a general overview of the active warnings and faults and their history Both the warning and the fault number as well as plain text are displayed General Diagnostics Active Warnings Aktive Fault No WamigTet About 2 SIMOLINK start alarm m 18 Encoder adjustment 19 Encoder data serial protoco
87. test has been successfully completed Further start up and parameterization according to your specific requirements 4 2 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Installation 5 Installation 5 1 Installing the units WARNING Safe converter operation requires that the equipment is mounted and commissioned by qualified personnel taking into account the warning information provided in these Operating Instructions The general and domestic installation and safety regulations for work on electrical power equipment e g VDE UL must be observed as well as the professional handling of tools and the use of personal protective equipment Death severe bodily injury or significant material damage could result if these instructions are not followed NOTE MASTERDRIVES components are designed in accordance with degree of protection IP20 or IPXXB in accordance with EN 60529 and as open type devices to UL 50 thus providing protection against electrical shocks In order to also ensure protection against mechanical and climatic stresses the components have to be operated in housings cabinets rooms that are designed according to the requirements of EN 60529 and classified as enclosure type to UL 50 Clearances When you install the equipment make sure that the DC link connection is at the top and the motor connection is at the bottom The devices must be mounted side by side in
88. the input data the values for the converter supply voltage in P071 and the converter current in P072 should be checked after returning to the parameter menu They must tally with the data given on the unit rating plate PWE Parameter value P070 In A Rated output current in Ampere P072 Order number kW In A PWE 6SE7012 0TP60 0 8 2 0 2 6SE7014 0TP60 1 5 4 0 4 12 D 6SE7021 3TP60 5 5 13 2 6SE7021 8TP60 7 5 17 5 6SE7022 6TP60 11 0 25 5 6SE7023 4TP60 15 0 34 0 18 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 9 4 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps 9 2 1 Parameterizing with parameter modules quick parameterization PO60 3 Pre defined function assigned parameter modules are stored in the units These parameter modules can be combined with each other thus making it possible to adjust your unit to the desired application by just a few parameter steps Detailed knowledge of the complete parameter set of the unit is not required Parameter modules are available for the following function groups 1 Motors input of the rating plate data with automatic parameterization of open loop and closed loop control 2 Open loop and closed loop control types 3 Setpoint and command sources Parameterization is effected by selecting a parameter module from each function group and then starting quick parameterization In accordance with your selection the necessary unit
89. the prevention of unexpected starting in accordance with EN 60204 1 Section 5 4 and meets the requirements of Safety Category 3 to EN 954 1 by virtue of appropriate external protective circuitry The safe stop function does not electrically isolate the motor from the power section i e the motor terminals are still at hazardous voltage when the function is active The safe stop option is not suitable for bringing a rotating motor to a quick halt as by de energizing the trigger signals the motor is only braked by the connected load The motor cannot produce a torque when the safe stop function is activated Where external forces are applied to the drive axes or with drives that are not self arresting e g vertical axes additional holding devices e g brakes are required A residual risk cannot be precluded in the case of two simultaneous errors in the power section In this case the drive can be aligned by a small angle of rotation asynchronous motors Max 1 slot pitch in the remanence range corresponding to about 5 to 15 The products described here have been developed to perform safety related functions as part of a complete system or machine A complete safety related system generally includes sensors evaluation units signaling devices and strategies for safe shutdown The manufacturer of an installation or machine is responsible for providing an appropriate overall safety system Siemens AG its regional o
90. up 7 1 2 Power connections for units with a width of 135 mm and 180 mm X3 DC link bus The DC link bus module serves to supply the unit with electrical energy module xc EAE m LEE O Bar Designation Meaning Range 3 DEZ Protective conductor connection 2 D L DC link voltge DC 510 650 V 1 C L DC link voltage DC 510 650 V Connectable cross section Electro plated copper 3x10 mm rounded off according to DIN 46433 EN 13601 Bar 1 is at the front when installed Table 7 3 DC link busbars X2 Motor The motor connection is to a terminal block at the bottom of the unit connection x 18 Wm Terminal Meaning Range PE U2 V2 we PE Protective conductor connection U2 T1 Phase U2 T1 3AC 0 V 480 V 7 V2 T2 Phase V2 T2 3AC 0 V 480 V W2 T3 Phase W2 T3 3AC 0 V 480 V Connectable cross section Housing width 135 mm 10 mm AWG 8 stranded Housing width 180 mm 16 mm AWG 6 stranded Viewed from the front Terminal PE is at the left Table 7 4 Motor connection X2 Motor The motor connection is to a terminal block at the bottom of the unit connection gt 22 kW 44a Terminal Meaning Range U2 V2 W2 Protective conductor connection U2 T1 Phase U2 T1 3ACOV 480V V2 T2 Phase V2 T2 3ACOV 480V 9493 93 W2 T3 Phase W2 T3 3AC 0 V 480 V Connectable cross section Maximum cross section 50 mm AWG 1 0 Minimum c
91. value r951 Fault list P952 Number of faults r782 Fault time If a fault message is not reset before the electronic supply voltage is switched off then the fault message will be present again when the electronic supply is switched on again The unit cannot be operated without resetting the fault message Exception Automatic restart has been selected see P373 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F001 Main contactor If a main contactor checkback is configured no checkback occurs within the time set in P600 after the power up command In the P591 Src Contactor Msg Parameter value must be in conformance with checkback case of externally excited synchronous motors the connection of the main contactor P095 12 there is no checkback for the checkback excitation current unit Check the checkback loop of the main contactor or the checkback of the excitation current unit in the case of synchronous motors F002 When pre charging the minimum DC link Check the supply voltage Pre charging voltage P071 Line Volts x 1 34 of 80 has not been reached The maximum pre charging time of 3 seconds has been exceeded Compare witth P071 Line Volts Compare P071 with the DC link voltage on DC units Check the rectifier regenerative unit on DC units The rectifier regenerative unit must be switched on before the inverter is switched on F006 DC link overvoltage Shutdown has occurred due
92. was moved intentionally e g in setup mode Effect The axis movement is inhibited setup mode before continuing A148 Deceleration 0 The current deceleration value is 0 e g because of a RAM storage error or an error in the technology firmware Effect The position control system is deactivated and the drive is decelerated via the deceleration time during errors machine data 43 This fault should not normally occur It is used as an emergency stop feature for the technology software Replace the hardware M7 MCT A149 Distance to go negative Internal error in the technology software Effect The position control system is deactivated and the drive is decelerated via the deceleration time during errors machine data 43 This fault should not normally occur It is used as an emergency stop feature for the technology software Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 23 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A150 Slave axis already allocated to other master axis The selected NC program contains a slave axis which is already being used by another master axis M7 only not significant for the F01 technology option Example NC program 1 started in axis X contains NC blocks for axes X and Y NC program 2 is started in axis Z and contains NC blocks for axes Z and Y This pr
93. was not detected until system recovery auto restart flag Check Input DC voltage DC link F010 DC link overvoltage Due to excessive DC link voltage shutdown has taken place Line voltage DC link range Shutdown value 380V 480V 510V 650V 740V Note Only at U800 1 and f Pulse gt f derating Lower threshold value than F006 Check the supply voltage Check the braking resistor Converter operates regeneratively without a feedback possibility Braking unit must be set to the lower response threshold 673 V F011 Overcurrent shutdown has occurred Check the converter output for short circuit or The shutdown threshold has been exceeded earth fault Overcurrent Check the load for an overload condition Check whether motor and converter are correctly matched Check whether the dynamic requirements are too high F012 During excitation of the induction motor the Only for closed loop n f T control P100 3 4 current did not rise above 12 5 96 of the or 5 too low setpoint magnetizing current for no load operation If no motor is connected go into the simulation mode P372 Check current detection check power section F014 During excitation of the motor the current Check the output contactor component is less than 25 96 of the motor no Check the motor cable too low load current Note Only for U800 1 Irrespective of the type of control Difference to F012 6SE7087 6KP
94. with this number does not exist The program number specified in PROG_NO for automatic mode is not stored in the memory of the technology Effect NC program execution is inhibited Transfer the program to the technology Select the correct program number A173 Program number not allowed The program number specified in PROG_NO for automatic mode is not allowed Effect NC program execution is inhibited The permissible range for program numbers is between 1 and 200 A174 Program number changed during traversing The program number PROG_NO was changed while the program was running Effect NC program execution is aborted and the axis or axes are brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp The program number must not be changed while the program is running A175 No block end programmed The decoded NC block is not terminated with the following block identifier O You can use the output actual values decoder error location task to read out the program number and block number where the block decoder detected an error Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted Moving axes are stopped via the deceleration ramp Correct the block The last block in the sequence must contain the following block identifier O A177 Prog number of block search forwd does not exist The program number for the main program level 0 which was transferred with t
95. zug he 83 dig 081 1eeus o 1esa 0919 AS Z 89 d siuiodjes Devi pue S qO c 10 3009 Un JO JOJjUOO J u 104 uos SEET E 0 emu ord S8Lvd Sd d diesJ ri 06d C 1008 0 VESIA x C zoog Ionuoo 104 SEH room les pexi4 oez 1eeus eoJnos juiodjes ZH ul v 6vod 89S 40108 S9d 00008 299d 00008 1S9d ZL008 069d c 99 d Jl paulm eq jou jsnu vg o1 018 sindino en se pesn j i0 011es eq jsnw g S9d pue g esod g zsod g LGcod SJojeujeJed y sindur ejiBip se pesn J 06 1 us due euluu L 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 9 17 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps ney jeu1e x3 L pJOM 033002 dOW Jemo7 og says o1 dow esiey ZL 19 8 pds anne on pds an ye au og VZlSd 1119 8 pds eAnisod og COe4 1041009 q5q Lug Bor org Dor DIS 8019 a L 89sa MOUXOV LOIS Qoro g e6pewouxov t s9sa aseajay djas doe ue93 ON aseajay uoo9 aseajay Au doisb 440 49918 7440 I440 NO FS Sie SLdO Lpsom eed Laod juiodjes WS 2009 4 vere uso eva qulodjes ute 81602 ZPIOMZWOIS onuoyyaAlg A0 ejep ss oo1d e n jutodjes L P om olJuooO 216024 LPIOMZWOIS L pJ0M snijejs aeree Senje jene pusues Z piom eed za d r 9guseu D 98 Jee E Gg ejep
96. 001 of the respective parameter are displayed in the parameter list Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 3 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 co 2 Power section definition The power section definition has already been completed in the as delivered state It therefore only needs to be carried out if the CUVP needs replacing and is not required under normal circumstances During the power section definition the control electronics is informed which power section it is working with This step is necessary for all Compact chassis and cabinet type units If CUVP boards are changed over between different units without the power section being re defined the unit can be destroyed when it is connected up to the voltage supply and energized lt gt z The unit has to be switched to the Power section definition state for carrying out the power section definition This is done by selecting the Power section definition menu The power section is then defined in this menu by inputting a code number P060 8 Select Power section definition menu P070 Input the code number for the unit concerned i The code number is allocated to the order numbers MLFB The order number can be read off the unit s rating plate The list of units is on the following pages P060 1 Return to parameter menu Fig 9 3 Sequence for performing the power section definition NOTE To check
97. 008 Technical Data Value Order No EN 24 7TP_0 26 0TP_0 27 2TPO Rated voltage e Input DC 510 15 to 650 10 e Output 3 AC 0 up to rated input voltage x 0 75 Rated frequency Hz e Input e Output Rated current A e Input 55 9 70 2 85 7 e Output 47 59 72 Motor rated power kW EA ME Auxiliary power supply M power supply DC 24 20 30 Max aux current requirement A e Standard version at 20 V e Maximum version at 20 V Pulse frequency fp 1 7 to 16 0 see fig Derating curves Load class II to EN 60 146 1 1 Base load current A 0 91 x rated output current Overload cycle time s 300 Overload current A 1 36 x rated output current Overload duration s Extra short time loading Base load current A 0 91 x rated output current Overload cycle time s 300 Overload current A 1 6 x rated output current Overload duration s 30 Loses cooling Efficiency n ated operation O ToO Too Tooo Powerloss p 2542 W I oa om o8 j Cooling air requirement mis 004 oo oor f Pressure drop Ap al 30 30 30 J Sound pressure levels types of construction dimensions weights Sound pressurelevel Raul 48 s 5 To Dimensions e Width 180 180 e Height 360 360 e Depth 260 260 EE Kal 1 15 m7 With a 1 6 fold overload in field weakening the torque quality is reduced due to a ripple of 300 Hz Table 12 4 Technical data of invert
98. 06 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A107 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board 12 18 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A108 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A109 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A110 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A111 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A112 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A113 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A114 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A115 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A116 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A117 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A118 TB alarm 2 not Comp
99. 1 Installation 09 2009 Reassemble device Mount device Connecting up the unit Designating the optional board Place the front of the device with the electronics board to the left next to the device Connect the ribbon cable again with the electronics board and the power section and close the lock on the connector To start with hold the front of the device with the left hand side panel tilted to the right at an angle of approx 30 and place this unit on the front of the device Be careful not to damage the insulating film on the right hand inner side panel and to position the left hand side panel through the fixing lug correctly on the left housing side Applying little pressure you can then insert the front cover and the side panel in the housing in parallel to the right hand side panel The fold on the left hand side panel as well as the detent lugs on the right hand side of the housing noticeably snap in For less load on the connection points put the device down on the right hand side and screw in the two screws each on the top and bottom side of the device for some turns only Now tighten all four screws Now replace the housing of the DC link busbars until it noticeably snaps in Push the device from the front below the DC link busbars to its mounting position Lift the device until the DC link busbars are fully connected again Screw in the fixing screws to firmly tighten the device onto the mou
100. 196 Positive overtravel reached Positive software limit switch position approached Software limit switches positive machine data 13 entered incorrectly The programmed position is greater than the positive software limit switch Reference point coordinate machine data 3 is greater than the positive software limit Switch Incorrect encoder actual value Effect The axis movement is stopped via the deceleration ramp Check the machine data and the NC programs Check the encoder actual value A200 No position has been programmed in Automatic mode No position has been programmed in the NC block for the roll feed version although the axis number of the roll feed is specified Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp The axis number and the positional value must be specified in every NC block for the roll feed version A201 No velocity has been programmed in Automatic mode The decoded NC block needs a path or axis velocity Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp When using linear interpolation with path velocity G01 a path velocity must be defined with F When using chaining with axis velocity G77 the axis velocities must be defined with FX FY etc When using roll feed with axis velocity G01 the veloci
101. 2 Ei Encoder connection X104 Motor connection X2 f Shield Shield connection for pe connection for control cables I motor cable Fig 7 1 Connection overview of units up to 90 mm wide 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 7 2 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up DC link bus module X3 Safe Stop option X533 PMU External DC24 V supply RS485 USS X100 Bus terminating 4 m resistor USS S1 Terminal strip X101 RS232 RS485 USS X103 gt Motor connection X2 Fig 7 2 SIEMENS IIIIII HHHH Ei E w x aL 0000 00000 A Slot A Slot B Terminal strip X102 Encoder connection X104 Connection overview of units 135 mm wide Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 3 Connecting up 08 2008 DC link bus module X3 Safe Stop option X533 VLLLLILALLLLLL IIIIIIIDIIIIII SIEMENS IIIIIIIIIIIID BBBB PMU F _ PII external DC24 V supply EEA RS485 USS X100 baaa ar wl Bus terminating 7T resistor USS S1 Slot A X101 B Slot
102. 2 E WEE 8 25 9 PARAMETERIZING STEPS u u u u u u 9 1 9 1 Parameter reset to factory setting 9 2 9 2 Power section definition L nnns 9 4 9 2 1 Parameterizing with parameter modules quick parameterization PO60 3 9 5 10 MAINTENANCE aertara pedein eene Gn ET 10 1 10 1 Replacing the EI EEN 10 1 10 1 1 Replacing the fan in units up to 45 mm wide 10 2 10 1 2 Replacing the fan in 67 mm and 90 mm wide unfte neern 10 2 10 1 3 Replacing the fan in units 135 mm wide sse 10 2 10 1 4 Replacing the fan in units up to 180 mm wide sss 10 3 11 decem DEL T 11 1 12 TECHNICAL DATA ee Ede EC 12 1 13 FAULTS AND ALARMS 2 m 2a ee E 13 1 13 1 arcet EE 13 1 13 2 PAETAE A A EO E EE EE E AE EET 13 18 13 3 Fatalerrors FF ated atem et ete tette 13 26 14 ENVIRONMENTAL FRIENDLINESS 14 1 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 2 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Definitions and Warnings 1 Definitions and Warnings Qualified personnel DANGER WARNING CAUTION CAUTION NOTICE NOTE For the purpose of this documentation and the product warning labels a Qualified person is someone who is familiar with the installation mounting start up operation and maintenance of the product He or she must have the following qualifications Traine
103. 4 1 During this Check current limits of the excitation unit wait time the status word bit B0156 r553 28 is set already Check excitation current setpoint and actual value incl wiring Check voltage limits of the excitation unit during dynamic current changes Check drive system for resonance oscillations F017 SAFE STOP operating or failure of the 24 V Jumper applied for SAFE STOP power supply during operation only for SAFE STOP checkback connected SAFE STOP Compact PLUS units On Compact PLUS units check 24 V supply Compact PLUS only Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 3 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F018 The found set frequency could not be implemented Reasons Check additional setpoint 2 Release negative directions of rotation with F set fly Additional setpoint 2 too high low maximum speed Speed actual value at standstill negative signal ripple and negative direction of rotation locked F019 During flying restart without tachometer Power up after coasting Motor not found Search in both directions of rotation not possible one direction blocked and motor has not been found Possibly increase P525 Fly Search Amps Enable both directions of rotation P571 P572 F020 Motor temperature The motor temperature limit value has been exceeded r949 1 limit value
104. 4 figures left hand figure flashes if there are any further invisible figures to the left If parameter number level is active For jumping directly to the operating display r000 If parameter value level is active For shifting the displayed value one digit to the left if parameter value cannot be displayed with 4 figures right hand figure flashes if there are any further invisible figures to the right Operator control elements on the PMU and press raise key Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 5 Parameterization 08 2009 Toggle key As the PMU only has a four digit seven segment display the 3 P key descriptive elements of a parameter Parameter number Parameter index if the parameter is indexed and Parameter value cannot be displayed at the same time For this reason you have to switch between the individual descriptive elements by depressing the toggle key After the desired level has been selected adjustment can be made using the raise key or the lower key With the toggle key you can change Parameter number over e from the parameter number to the E P parameter index e from the parameter index to the Parameter arameter value arameter H index NILA value e from the parameter value to the parameter number P If the parameter is not indexed you can jump directly from the parameter number to the parameter value NOTE I
105. 6 2006 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A216 Multiple block transition not allowed The decoded NC block contains several mutually exclusive G functions from the block transition group G60 G64 G66 G67 Example N1 G64 G66 X1 000 FX100 00 The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block A217 Multiple axis programming not allowed The decoded NC block contains the same axis more than once Example N1 G90 G01 X100 000 X200 000 F100 00 The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block A218 Multiple path condition The decoded NC block contains several mutually exclusive G functions from the preparatory function group Correct the NC block not allowed G00 G01 G76 G77 Example N1 G01 linear interpolation G77 chaining X10 F100 The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the
106. 60 Siemens AG 13 2 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F015 Motor has stalled or is locked Reduce load Motor stall if the static load is too high Release brake if the acceleration or deceleration time is too Increase current limits fast or if load change is too fast and too great Increase P805 PullOut BlckTime due to incorrect parameterization of the pulse encoder pulse number P151 or of the analog Increase P792 response threshold for tachometer scaling P138 set actual deviation due to disturbed speed signals tachometer Only for f n T control P100 3 4 5 shield not connected Increase torque limits or torque setpoint The fault is only generated after the time set in P805 Only n T control or v f control with speed controller P100 0 4 5 The binector B0156 is set in the status word 2 r553 Bit 28 Check tachometer cable break To detect whether the drive is blocked see Check pulse encoder pulse number P792 Perm Deviation and P794 With n f control this fault is tripped if the torque limits Check analog tachometer scaling have been reached B0234 Connect shield of tachometer cable on motor With speed control P100 4 and master side and converter side drive see P587 the fault can also point to an interruption in the encoder cable This case Reduce smoothing of speed pre control P216 h
107. 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 19 Connecting up 08 2008 7 3 Conductor cross sections fuses reactors Protective If the unit is mounted conductively on a grounded mounting surface the conductor cross section of the protective conductor can be the same as that of the phase conductor WARNING In the case of insulated installation on units up to 90 mm wide a second protective conductor with the same cross section as the line conductor must be connected to ground M4 threaded bolts on the top of the unit next to the mains terminal Motor cable For cross sections and leads see catalog Vector Control SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES VC or IEC 60 204 1 1997 1998 7 4 Combinations of units For simple configuration of multi axis drives one or several Compact PLUS DC AC inverters can be fed from the DC link of the Compact PLUS AC AC converters WARNING The total drive power of the inverters must not exceed the drive power of the converter A simultaneity factor of 0 8 applies here For example a 4 kW inverter and a 1 5 kW inverter can be connected to a converter with a drive power of 5 5 kW by a common DC bus The line side components are rated according to the total power of all converters and inverters In the case of a multi axis drive from one 5 5 kW converter one 4 kW inverter and one 1 5 kW inverter the line side components must be rated for an 11 kW converter If the total power does not exactly
108. 7xxx HD High Dynamic and 1FK6xxx therefore tally Input in Motor order number Speed Torque Current P096 MPRD n rpm Mn Nm In A n me m oa 15 s ewn soo os Im 5 1FK6063 6AF7 3000 6 0 4 7 meega es 5 eese som ws 77 riexe100 ear7 Lal en Lu 3 a a ER mom a 1FT6034 4AK7_ 6000 1 ee La 1FT6044 4AF7 3000 4 ee 1FT6061 6AF7 3000 3 EN smua 1FT6062 6AF7 3000 4 EN a ae 1FT6062 6AH7 4500 3 4 7 3 0 7 5 9 2 7 6 5 7 8 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 mm 3 i 2 EE Funus SE s o3 ee 3 at 3 2s 3 ee 3 o 2 7 4 2 1 7 4 9 1 9 6 4 1 6 A 9 2 8 3 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 39 Parameterization 08 2009 Motor order number Speed Torque Current Nn rpm Mn Nm In A ee ml u 1FT6064 6AF7 3000 mem el 1FT6064 1AH71 Eross e an Camera 2000 75 jiFtecst ear7_ sooo 69 FTeoeteAHz 4500 58 E a 1 1FT6081 8AK7 6000 1FT6082 8AC7 2000 11 4 1 34 1FT6082 1AF7 1A 1FT6082 8AF7 3000 3 1FT6082 1AH7_ 1FT6082 8AH7_ 4500 11 0 3 3 4 4 1FT6082 BAK7 6000 4 4 4 4 A ani 3 Ca as Joel 5 3 2 4 5 4 5 7 7 8 9 8 1FT6084 8AC7 2000 1FT6084 1AF7_ 1A 1FT6084 8AF7 3000 14 7 11 0 1FT6084 8AH7 4500 10 5 12 5 1FT6084 1AH71 1
109. 87 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps Example P107 52 00 Hz Rated motor frequency P108 1500 0 rpm Rated motor speed P109 2 Motor pole pair number Pre assignment P352 52 00 Hz Reference frequency P353 1560 rpm Reference speed Automatic motor identification WARNING For a maximum speed of four times the rated motor speed you must set the reference speed to at least 3000 rpm The reference frequency is adjusted automatically P352 P353 60 x P109 P352 100 00 Hz P353 3000 rpm A setpoint speed of 1500 rpm corresponds to a setpoint frequency of 50 00 Hz or an automation value of 50 0 96 The representation range ends at 6000 rpm 2 x 3000 rpm This does not affect the internal representation range of the control system Since the internal control signals refer to the rated motor quantities there is always sufficient reserve control capacity The reference speed should normally be set to the desired maximum speed Reference frequencies of P352 P107 P352 2 x P107 P352 4 x P107 are favorable for the calculating time For a maximum torque of three times the rated motor torque P113 it is advisable to set the reference torque to between twice and four times the value of parameter P113 for four to eight times the representation range For exact determination of the motor parameters it is possible to carry out automatic motor identification and
110. A B track undervoltage Root A 24B 2 0 01V For remedial action See 29 22 A B track overvoltage Root A 2 B 2 gt 1 45V For remedial action see 29 25 Encoder initial position not recognized C D track missing Check encoder cable faulty interrupted Correct encoder type parameterized Is the correct cable used for encoder or multiturn encoder Encoders and multiturn encoders need different cables Encoder faulty 26 Encoder zero pulse outside the permitted range 27 No encoder zero pulse has occurred 28 Encoder multiturn Voltage supply Encoder fault Short circuit in encoder connection Encoder faulty Encoder incorrectly connected up Power off on or in drive settings and back to new initialization of the starting position 29 A B track undervoltage In the zero passage of one track the amount of the other track was less than 0 025 V Check encoder cable faulty torn off Is shield of encoder cable connected Encoder faulty Replace SBR SBM Replace unit or basic board Is the correct cable being used in each case for the encoder multiturn encoder Encoders and multiturn encoders require different encoder cables Power off on or in drive settings and back to new initialization of the starting position Multiturn SSI EnDat 30 Protocol fault CRC Parity Check EnDat 31 Timeout Protocol EnDat 32 No load level error data line SSI EnDat 33 Initial
111. Analog inputs or outputs or digital inputs or outputs have been parameterized which are not physically present Check parameter P693 analog outputs P698 digital outputs Check connectors K4101 K4103 K4201 K4203 analog inputs and binectors B4100 B4115 B4120 B4135 B4200 B4215 B4220 B4235 digital inputs for connecting A051 Peer baud rate not Compact PLUS In a peer to peer connection a baud rate has been selected which is too high or too different Adjust the baud rate in conjunction with the SCB boards P701 SCom SCB Baud Rate A052 Peer PcD L not Compact PLUS In a peer to peer connection a PcD length has been set which is too high 55 Reduce number of words P703 SCom SCB PcD Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 15 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A053 Peer Lng f not Compact PLUS In a peer to peer connection the pcD length of transmitter and receiver do not match Adjust the word length for transmitter and receiver P703 SCom SCB PcD A057 TB Param not Compact PLUS Occurs when a TB is logged on and present but parameter tasks from the PMU SCom1 or SCome have not been answered by the TB within 6 seconds Replace TB configuration software A061 Alarm 1 Function blocks An active signal is present at binector U065 1 Check cause
112. B E o ai Wee HHUH BD Terminal strip X102 RS232 RS485 USS X103 gt He Encoder connection X104 Motor connection X2 Fig 7 3 Connection overview of units 180 mm wide 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 7 4 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up 7 1 Power connections WARNING NOTE Protective conductor The protective conductor must be connected up both on the mains side and on the motor side On account of leakage current through the interference suppression capacitors the following must be observed as per EN 50178 e A minimum cross section of 10 mm2 Cu must be used or e f supply connections with cross sections less than 10 mm are used two protective conductors have to be connected up The cross section of each of the protective conductors corresponds to the cross section of an outer conductor If the unit is mounted on a grounded mounting surface via a conductive connection the protective conductor cross section can be the same as that of the phase conductor The function of the second protective conductor is afforded by the grounded mounting surface 7 1 1 Power connections for units with a width up to 90 mm Protective conductor X3 DC link bus module On top of the unit behind the DC link connection X3 is an extra protective conductor connection in the form of a thread
113. C On Compact PLUS units gt 22 kW acknowledgement is only possible after 1 minute Check whether the fan E1 is connected and is rotating in the correct direction that the air entry and discharge openings are not restricted temperature sensor at X30 F025 UCE upper switch UCE upper switch Compact PLUS or UCE has tripped in phase L1 Check phase L1 for short circuit or ground fault UCE Ph L1 X2 U2 including motor that CU is correctly inserted that the switch for SAFE STOP X9 5 6 is open only for units with order No 11 721 91 61 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 13 4 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F026 UCE lower switch UCE Ph L2 UCE lower switch Compact PLUS or UCE has tripped in phase L2 Check phase L2 for short circuit or ground fault X2 V2 including motor that CU is correctly inserted that the switch for SAFE STOP X9 5 6 is open only for units with order Nos 11 721 31 61 F027 Fault pulse resistor Fault pulse resistor Compact PLUS or UCE has tripped in phase L3 Check phase L3 for short circuit or ground fault UCE Ph L3 X2 W2 including motor that CU is correctly inserted that the switch for SAFE STOP X9 5 6 is open only for units with order Nos 11
114. EC has been established The drive converters meet the requirements of the low voltage directive 73 23 EEC They are subject to the harmonized standards of the series EN 50178 DIN VDE 0160 in conjunction with EN 60439 1 DIN VDE 0660 part 500 and EN 60146 VDE 0558 The technical data as well as information concerning the supply conditions shall be taken from the rating plate and from the documentation and shall be strictly observed 3 Transport storage The instructions for transport storage and proper use shall be complied with The climatic conditions shall be in conformity with EN 50178 4 Installation The installation and cooling of the appliances shall be in accordance with the specifications in the pertinent documentation The drive converters shall be protected against excessive strains In particular no components must be bent or isolating distances altered in the course of transportation or handling No contact shall be made with electronic components and contacts Drive converters contain electrostatic sensitive components which are liable to damage through improper use Electric components must not be mechanically damaged or destroyed potential health risks 5 Electrical connection When working on live drive converters the applicable national accident prevention rules e g BGV A3 must be complied with The electrical installation shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant requirem
115. EMC rules Rules 1 to 13 are generally applicable Rules 14 to 20 are particularly important for limiting noise emission Rule 1 All of the metal cabinet parts must be connected through the largest possible surface areas not paint on paint If required use serrated washers The cabinet door must be connected to the cabinet through grounding straps which must be kept as short as possible NOTE Grounding installations machines is essentially a protective measure However in the case of drive systems this also has an influence on the noise emission and noise immunity A system can either be grounded in a star configuration or each component grounded separately Preference should be given to the latter grounding system in the case of drive systems i e all parts of the installation to be grounded are connected through their surface or in a mesh pattern Rule 2 Signal cables and power cables must be routed separately to eliminate coupled in noise Minimum clearance 20 cm Provide partitions between power cables and signal cables The partitions must be grounded at several points along their length Rule 3 Contactors relays solenoid valves electromechanical operating hours counters etc in the cabinet must be provided with quenching elements for example RC elements diodes varistors These quenching devices must be connected directly at the coil Rule 4 Non shielded cables associated with the same circuit outgoing and incomin
116. Environmental compatibility was an important criterium when selecting the supplied components Purchased components are generally supplied in recyclable packaging materials board Surface finishes and coatings were eliminated with the exception of the galvanized sheet steel side panels ASIC devices and SMD devices were used on the boards The production is emission free The unit can be broken down into recyclable mechanical components as a result of easily releasable screw and snap connections The plastic components are to DIN 54840 and have a recycling symbol After the service life has expired the product must be disposed of in accordance with the applicable national regulations Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 14 1 Bisher sind folgende Ausgaben erschienen The following versions have been published so far Version Internal item number Ausgabe AH besteht aus folgenden Kapiteln Anderungen Ausgabe datum 1 DefmttonenundWamungen berarbeitete Ausgabe 6 08 2008 4 5 EMV gerechterAubau berarbeitete Ausgabe 6 02 2008 7 10 2 Technische Daten estate Ausgabe 8 082008 Version AH consists of the following chapters Chapter Changes Pages Version date 1 Bei onsandWamings _reviewedediion 6 082008 4 5 Installation in Conformance with EMC reviewed edition 02 2008 Regulations 7 10 I 12 Technical Data
117. F2 m c b 6 A tripping characteristic C Siemens 5SX2 106 7 For wiring information see supplementary sheet supplied with rectifier unit or converter and Fig 7 4 7 8 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up PELV power supply DC 24V a ra Control electronics Control electronics Control electronics Control electronics F2 X100 32 Control electronics 34 Fig 7 4 380 480 V 2 3AC J Rectifier unit Inverter 1 1 Inverter 1 2 Inverter 1 3 Inverter 2 1 Sectional drive with rectifier unit and inverters Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 9 Connecting up 08 2008 Bus terminating resistor 124V IM Sc External 24 V eco Dt P24V supply X Ben PMU X103 Serial interface 2 RS485 Micro og controller 90 D Controller OG Aux power lt o supply M24 60 mA tl lt H xd s 5 Out T ou es l
118. FT6084 8AK7 6000 6 9 1FT6084 1AK71 1FT6084 8SF7 0 8 5 8 6 5 5 5 1FT6086 8AF7 3000 18 5 13 0 1FT6086 1AH71 1FT6102 8AC7 2000 23 0 11 0 4 4 4 4 Ee Em 4 EA EE 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 40 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization Motor order number Speed Torque Current Nn rpm Mn Nm In A 57 1FT6105 1AC7 1A 1FT6105 8AC7 2000 38 0 17 6 0 5 4 PS hewwesser a0 oo eo 3 3 1FT6134 6AB7 High Dynamic 82 1FK6033 7AK71 6000 1 5 3 1FK7033 7AK71 83 1FK6043 7AK71 6000 2 0 4 4 3 1FK7043 7AK71 84 1FK6043 7AH71 4500 2 6 4 0 3 1FK7043 7AH71 85 1FK6044 7AF71 3000 3 5 4 0 3 1FK7044 7AF71 1FK6044 7AH71 4500 3 0 4 9 3 1FK7044 7AH71 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 41 Parameterization 08 2009 Input in Motor order number Speed Torque Current P096 MPRD nn rpm M Nm In A 1FK6061 7AF71 3000 5 4 1FK7061 7AF71 1FK6061 7AH71 4500 4 3 1FK7061 7AH71 1FK6064 7AF71 3000 1FK7064 7AF71 1FK6064 7AH71 4500 5 0 1FK7064 7AH71 1FK6082 7AF71 3000 1FK7082 7AF71 9 1FK6085 7AF71 3000 6 5 1FK7085 7AF71 Water cooling 87 5 3 3 88 5 9 3 7 5 3 7 0 3 91 6 7 4 2 7 0 4 10a ieTerasewar 1 2300 900 for future applications 122 hrrooozom eoo os 12 8 42 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization
119. Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A083 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see the operating instructions for the CB board No net data or invalid net data e g complete control word STW1 0 are being received from the DP master Consequence The process data are not passed on to the dual port RAM If P722 P695 is not equal to zero this will cause the fault message F082 to be tripped See operating instructions of the CB board A084 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see the operating instructions for the CB board The telegram traffic between the DP master and the CBP has been interrupted e g cable break bus cable pulled out or DP master powered down Consequence If P722 P695 is not equal to zero this will cause the fault message F082 to be tripped See operating instructions of the CB board A085 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see the operating instructions for the CB board The CBP does not generate this alarm See operating instructions of the CB board A086 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see the operating instructions for the CB board Failure of the heartbeat counter on the basic unit The heartbeat counter on the basic unit is no longer be
120. G91 incremental dimensions is active Example N10 G91 G68 X20 000 The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block Function G68 can only be programmed in association with G90 absolute dimensions 12 30 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A212 Special function and axis combination not allowed A different axis was programmed in the NC block following a special function M7 only Example N10 G50 X100 F1000 N15 G90 Y200 incorrect N15 G90 X200 correct The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC program The axis used in the NC block with the special function must also be programmed in the next NC block A213 Multiple D number not allowed The decoded NC block contains several D numbers Example N1 G41 D3 D5 The NC program number and NC block
121. Instructions 13 5 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F037 An analog input is taking place in operating mode 4 20 mA and a wire break has Check the connection to Analog input occurred The number of the analog input Analog input 1 X102 15 16 concerned is shown in fault value r949 or X101 9 10 Compact PLUS Analog input 2 X102 17 18 Check parameters P632 CU Analn Conf P634 CU Analn Smooth P631 CU Analn Offset F038 During a parameter task a voltage failure has Re enter the parameter The number of the occurred on the board parameter concerned can be seen in fault Voltage OFF during value r949 parameter storage F040 AS internal Incorrect operating status Replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS type F041 EEPROM fault A fault has occurred when storing the values in the EEPROM Replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS F042 Calculating time Calculating time problems At least 10 failures of time slots T2 T3 T4 or T5 see also parameters r829 2 to r829 5 Reduce the calculating time load Increase P357 Sampling Time Calculate individual blocks in a slower sampling time Observe r829 CalcTimeHdroom F044 BICO manager fault A fault has occurred during the softwiring of binectors and connectors Fault value r949 21000 Fault during softwiring of connectors 22000 F
122. It should also be ensured that there is a low impedance connection between the motor terminal box and the motor housing If required connect up using an additional grounding conductor Do not use plastic motor terminal boxes A line reactor has to be installed between the radio interference suppression filter and the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES The line supply cable has to be spatially separated from the motor feeder cables e g by grounded partitions The shield between the motor and SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must not be interrupted by the installation of components such as output reactors sinusoidal filters dv dt filters fuses contactors The components must be mounted on a mounting panel which simultaneously serves as the shield connection for the incoming and outgoing motor cables Grounded partitions may be necessary to shield the components In order to limit the radio interference especially for limit value class First environment in addition to the line supply cable all cables externally connected to the cabinet must be shielded Examples of these basic rules Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 6 3 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations 02 2008 Cabinet 1 Cabinet 2 Cabinet 3 o Rule 13 Netz Netz Keep the radio interference suppression filters away from SIMOVERT MA
123. JojeujeJed Jo suonejedo pea 10 pan asoy ejep JojoueJed Jo suoneJedo ejuw 10 pan asay Z 3 L wd e mia LPJOM eed dod 2 89 d ZSSN e siuiodjes pexy pue S qO eoJnos juiodjes NO J0 Apeoy Apeoy uonesedQ annoaye Ney N ZAAO N 34O Jgiqur uo U9WWS An5 8JJ9 uuelv uoneiep Iemoen s 3nej a eylonsepun u09 UEL ezibjeu3 duey an asay An oe ue uonounj dies peeds Bau sod peuoeei julodjes duuoo eum sun BIL c v04d sseJppe sng Z 00 d LOL jeeue d Meogtren 9 6 8 reyes pneg 2 Q0d 1ZV Nold deren 9 I929M Yuusueil m LLL 3294S c 04d cc04d Y04d 09d Myd oi pneg 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 18 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 dOW J9 07 21S gy GER e119 8 d osiey 2J OW ole US l e4Sd pds eAnisod MOUXDV LOIS 033002 92d Lg Bor oug Dor eBpejwouxov eseojos dies do 0664 pJOM j014U09 logi us o IS Uoc ON eseajay uaDy aseajoy Au daso 440 449819 Z440 L33O NO sus 0019 8 lt juiodjes urew Uouuoian UC luo ejep sse2oJd e n Julodi S US wo 00v Lee Ziel TZ 05 US wo t 06 S6u L siz9g org sg siq C 00z9a sjulodjas ane 816071 cPJOMZLISS 1V 6074 LPJOMZLSS L 804 SenjeA jenjoe ywsuel ora Z p om eyeq za d
124. KP50 Operating Instructions 741 Connecting up 08 2008 X100 external DC24 V supply USS bus ee Q www OO Ga HHH Oo o 0 o NOTICE The 4 pole terminal strip serves to connect the external 24 V DC power supply supply from the supply unit or an AC AC converter and for connecting a USS bus The USS bus connection is linked to the control electronics and the 9 pole Sub D socket of the serial interface X103 The bus terminating resistor can be switched in via switch S1 as required In the lower position the bus termination is switched off The termination has to be switched in whenever the unit is located at one end of the USS bus Terminal Designation Significance Range 33 24 V in 24 V DC power supply DC 20 30 V 34 OV Reference potential OV 35 RS485P USS USS bus connection RS485 36 RS485N USS USS bus connection RS485 Connectable cross section 2 5 mm AWG 12 Terminal 33 is at the top when installed Table 7 6 External 24 V supply USS bus The unit draws a current of 1 A from the 24 V power supply When optional boards are plugged in this increases to a maximum of 1 6 A The RS485 interface can be operated either via X100 or X103 7 12 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up X101 Control The following connections are provided on the control terminal strip terminal st
125. L pJOM 01 U00 L pJ0M ses zp om eed za d LL piom eyeq Laod ejep Jayawesed Jo suonejedo pea 10 pan asay eyep JojouJeJed Jo suoneJedo 9jJM J0 pan asay N Lpuom eed Laod 8 89 d ZSSN 1 JON pue srdo 99Jnos juiodjes Lpuom ejeq LaZd o wo x NO 10 Apeoy uonejedo enojo ine M z44O eAnoeje 440 Jgiuur uo u9IWS npp y uuelv uoneiep Iemoen s 10 u09 Cd paysea julodjes dwog yne aBeyonsepun yuoo ulew eziBueu3 an asoy an pe ueB uolpun dwuey dies peeds Beursod eun aime DU z v04d ssouppe sng Z 00 d LOL 3euS NS8vSH g1 96 8 reyes pneg Z dZd 4c V Nod dS89rSu 9AI920M ylwsuel LLL 3234S cc04d c Y04d Nod lkJpneg 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 9 19 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps 1031009 10J oM juiodjeg US Lore 1eeus o 89 gcrrd dino aow yulodjasg uleyy US ver dino dOW 440 134e Buoys xx0 440 Jaye Buuols InoullA 0Xx0 dON juo Scvd utu dON c vd L td xeu dOW c vd L rd dOW Sul je eddo WIL je2ov dOW 19m0 dow 9SIEM dOW 1 M01 aus dOW esiey aus 0g1 1 us oi pds enne en ous eBpejwouxoy Le Ou LddO NO YS ea L voca Sd OOld AS C rues C cues L 98 C zua C a dOlN 18m0 dON estes pds eAneBeN eBpejwouxoy L 440 NO n
126. OP Decel Time t e P431 P432 X101 4 0 Fault MOP max pns uum Jp em X101 5 a 1 Raise MOP E gt NE 2 X101 6 Is Lower MOP ZA O gt X Edge Acknowledge Pi mi 0 T ge Ac g MOPi min P422 X101 8 a 1 ON 0 S OFF Conf MOP M P425 00x0 Without storing after OFF s 00x1 Storing after OFF Type of control V f control r003 Output Volts 4 r004 Output Amps Ref speed Auen r006 DC Bus Volts Volts Curve1 P327 Ref Freq n max FWD speed P352 L ul P452 1 E Norm e Lee BEV Boost n max REV speed P453 1 P325 Accel Time Decel Time P462 1 P464 1 Motor Freq Curve encoder P326 Analog output AnaOut Smooth 10V AnaOut Offset AnaOut Scale P642 1 P644 1 P643 1 AL x101 11 AA X10111 O A y x Disp Freq Conn it X P643 14 E men 1043 2 X10112 100 Frequency actual value D Type of encoder Without encoder Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 33 Parameterization 08 2009 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 34 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization Setpoint and command source 5 USS 223 282 8 S 1 Interface parameters P700 to P704 remain 5 8 852 3 unchanged if parameter P370 1 is set e c o o o 5 I a G o OO gt 229 z via SCo
127. OTPHO 21 0TPDO 21 3TPLO Rated voltage V e Input DC 510 15 to 650 10 e Output 3 AC 0 up to rated input voltage x 0 64 Rated frequency Hz e Input e Output Rated current A e Input 2 5 5 0 75 12 5 15 7 e Output 2 0 4 0 6 1 10 2 13 2 Motor rated power Auxiliary power supply L L Dc284 0 30 24 20 30 Max aux current requirement al e Standard version at 20 V 0 8 e Maximum version at 20 V 1 5 Pulse frequency fp 2 5 to 10 0 Pulse frequencies lt 5 kHz and gt 8 kHz are available only with Performance II units GOSE70 TP70 Load class II to EN 60 146 1 1 Base load current A 0 91 x rated output current Overload cycle time s 300 Overload current A 1 6 x rated output current Overload duration s Extra short time loading Short time current fp 5 kHz A 3 x rated output current Short time current fp 10 kHz A 2 1 x rated output current Short time cycle s 1 Short time duration ms 250 Loses cooling Efficiency n rated operation J OoOO To Tooo o Sound pressure levels types of construction dimensions weights Sound pressure level dB A Dimensions e Width 45 67 5 67 5 e Height 360 360 360 e Depth 260 260 260 Weight approx kg 5 corresponds to MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 7 corresponds to MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 With a 1 6 fold overload in field weakening the torque qu
128. Operating Instructions Edition AM Motion Control SIEMENS Frequency Inverter DC AC Compact PLUS Type 08 2008 Contents Contents 1 DEFINITIONS AND WARNINGS ressent REENEN en 1 1 2 DESCRIPTION Pru 2 1 3 TRANSPORT STORAGE UNPACKING 3 1 4 FIRST START UP T a EES 4 1 5 INSTALLATION 2 2 101 u usia urai a eerie 5 1 5 1 Installing the nile u nu ua uu aaa aka ener enne 5 1 5 2 Installing the optional boarde AA 5 4 5 2 1 Installing optional boards on units with a width up to 90 mm 5 4 5 2 2 Installing optional boards on units with a width of 135 mm and 180 mm 5 8 6 INSTALLATION IN CONFORMANCE WITH EMC REGULATIONS 6 1 7 CONNECTING UP 7 1 7 1 Power Connectors ede a ne Line 7 5 7 1 1 Power connections for units with a width up to 90 mm 7 6 7 1 2 Power connections for units with a width of 135 mm and 180 mm 7 7 7 2 GontrolCOnieclioris 5 cheats uQ a dee de PY dene deed da P dune a e 7 9 7 3 Conductor CroSS SECtIONS eee 7 19 7 4 Combinations Of Unlls credite erii an na reat eoa d Pec dg lee 7 19 8 PARAMETERIZATION 2 UI rine e ass 8 1 8 1 Parameter menus nnne enne nenr trinh sten s thee re tisse nnns 8 1 8 2 Parameter in
129. Parameterization Structure of the parameter lists parameterization with DriveMonitor Parameterization using the parameter list is basically the same as parameterization using PMU See Chapter 6 Parameterizating Steps The parameter list provides the following advantages Simultaneous visibility of a larger number of parameters Text display for parameter names index number index text parameter value binectors and connectors Onachange of parameters Display of parameter limits or possible parameter values The parameter list has the following structure Field No Field Name Function P Nr Here the parameter number is displayed You can only change the field in menu Free parameterization Name Display of the parameter name in accordance with the parameter list Ind Display of the parameter index for indexed parameters To see more than index 1 click on the 4 sign The display is then expanded and all indices of the parameter are displayed Index text Meaning of the index of the parameter Parameter value Display of the current parameter value You can change this by double clicking on it or selecting and pressing Enter Dim Physical dimension of the parameter if there is one 8 18 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization DriveMon MASTERD Sa File View Drive Navigator Paramete
130. SS bus connection RS485 serial interface for PC or OP1S control terminal strip The device must be disconnected from its voltage supplies 24 V DC electronics supply and mains voltage before the control and encoder leads are connected or disconnected Failure to observe this advice can result in encoder defects which may in turn cause uncontrolled axis movements The external 24 V infeed and all circuits connected to the control terminals must meet the requirements for safety separation as stipulated in EN 50178 PELV circuit Protective Extra Low Voltage The external 24 V supply must be protected by an m c b in order to prevent the overloading of printed conductors components in the event of a device defect e g a short circuit in the control electronics or a wiring fault Fuse F1 F2 m c b 6 A tripping characteristic C Siemens 5SX2 106 7 For wiring information see supplementary sheet supplied with rectifier unit or converter and Fig 7 4 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 9 Connecting up 08 2008 3AC 380 480 V III Gem PELV power supply DC t 24 V a Control Rectifier unit electronics Control electronics Inverter 1 1 Control Inverter 1 2 electronics Control Inverter 1 3 electronics
131. STERDRIVES air discharge duct e g by mounting at hnother level Rule 12 Control Rule 9 10 Zeen m Fig 3 5 3 Ru 19 Rule 2 Grounding rail Rule 16 Fig 6 1 Connect at both ends to the cabinet housing through the largest possible surface area ES Examples for applying the basic EMC rules Shield rail A Shield connection Fig 6 2 Cable retaining bar Connecting the motor cable shield where the cable enters the cabinet 6 4 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations 02 2008 Motor terminal box x Fig 6 3 Shield connection at the motor The shield can be connected through a PG or metric gland nickel plated brass with a strain relief bar Thus the degree of protection IP 20 can be achieved For higher degrees of protection up to IP 68 there are special PG glands with shield connection e g SKINDICHT SHVE Messrs Lapp Stuttgart UNI IRIS Dicht or UNI EMV Dicht Messrs Pflitsch H ckeswagen It is not permissible to
132. T MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 19 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A036 Brake checkback Brake still closed The brake checkback indicates the Brake still closed state Check brake checkback see FD 470 A037 Brake checkback Brake still open The brake checkback indicates the Brake still open state Check brake checkback see FD 470 A041 Vdmax controller inhibit The line voltage is too high or the drive line voltage P071 is incorrectly parameterized The Vdmax controller is disabled despite parameter access P515 as otherwise the motor would accelerate immediately in operation to the maximum frequency Check the line voltage P071 Line Volts A042 Motor stall lock Motor is stalled or blocked The alarm cannot be influenced by P805 PullOut BlckTime but by P794 Deviation Time Check whether the drive is locked whether the encoder cable is interruped during speed control and whether the shield is connected Whether the drive has stalled For synchronous motors P095 12 excitation current injection A043 n act jump The permissible change value of the speed encoder signal P215 has been exceeded Additionally for synchronous motors P095 12 The motor rotates with more than 296 of the rated speed at the time of inverter release The inverter status Ready for operation is not
133. T6 1FK6 synchronous servo motor 2 1PH7 21PA6 1 PL6 1PHA4 induction servo motor 5 Torque motor 1FW3 Input the code number for the connected 1FK6 1FT6 motor For list see Chapter 8 8 Input the code number for the connected 1PH7 1PA6 1PH4 1PL6 motor For list see Chapter 8 8 8 For list see Chapter 8 8 Select motor encoder P1302 i automatic encoder detection I 2 pole resolver Resolver with pole pair number of motor Encoder 2048 rev Multiturn encoder 2048 rev Pulse encoder 1024 rev Encoders without C D track 2048 rev SW V1 30 and later The absolute initial position is not set on encoders without a C D track These can only be used on asynchronous machines The position is corrected via a zero pulse if connected 1PA6 1PL6 1PH4 and 1PH7 asynchronous motors with encoder These motors are normally supplied with an ERN1381 encoder without C D track P097 P099 Input the code number for the connected 1FW3 motor OP OM O Selection of a multiturn enocder 1 EQN1325 2048 lines ECN1313 2048 lines EnDat 2 6 7 EQI1325 32 lines 8 9 P147 N ll EQN1125 Heidenhain EnDat ECN1113 Heidenhain EnDat Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 27 Parameterization 08 2009 P367 Select type of control 0 V f open loop control d 2 Torque control 3 Speed control Select setpoint and command sour
134. The user is responsible that all the units are installed and connected up according to recognized regulations in that particular country as well as other regionally valid regulations Cable dimensioning fusing grounding shutdown isolation and overcurrent protection should be particularly observed Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 1 Connecting up 08 2008 PMU P External DC24 V supply Ce E n RS485 USS X100 tr Bus terminating resistor USS SI 4 Terminal strip X101 RS232 RS485 USS X108 Motor connection X2 control cables Fig 7 1 X3 DC link busbars Slot A x S Slot B o e 0000 00000 Slot C Shield connections for motor cable Connection overview of units up to 90 mm wide 7 2 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up DC link bus module X3 gt LLL LILA A jw HIT Safe STOP SIEMENS HL option X533 BBBB PMU A External DC24 V supply PIN RS485 USS X100 IPA 1 Bus terminating del resistor USS S1 E Slot A pi Slot B X103 C iss RS232 RS485
135. U Lx 0 l Y v 22 5 mm 33 75 mm L 45 mm f E 45 mm 67 5 mm 90 mm 4 220 mm 0 55 kW 1 5 2 2 kW 4 0 kW Side view Front view without front cover Fig 5 2 Dimension drawings for housings up to 90 mm wide Cutouts Mounting surface for M5 screws 260 mm Cl HI Till 25 mm 360 mm L i 225mm RENE Ee 414 mm 425 mm e 135 mm 180 mm 220 mm gt 5 5 7 5 11 kW 15 37 kW Side view Front view Fig 5 3 Dimension drawings for housings 135 mm and 180 mm wide Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 3 Installation 08 2009 5 2 Installing the optional boards DANGER The unit has hazardous voltage levels up to 5 minutes after it has been powered down due to the DC link capacitors The unit or the DC link terminals must not be worked on until at least after this delay time 5 2 1 Installing optional boards on units with a width up to 90 mm Disconnect unit from power supply DANGER Disconnect the rectifier unit or the converter from the power supply and switch OFF the unit Remove the 24V power supply for the electronics Take off all connecting leads Dismantling the unit Dismantle the unit as follows Open the terminals of the DC link bus module Remove the fixing screws by means of w
136. Width 135 180 e Height 360 360 e Depth 260 260 Weight approx kal 5 corresponds to MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 7 corresponds to MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 With a 1 6 fold overload in field weakening the torque quality is reduced due to a ripple of 300 Hz Table 11 5 Technical data of inverter part 2 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions Technical Data 08 2008 Value OderNo 6se70 247TPUO aeorPco 22270 Rated voltage V e Input DC 510 15 to 650 10 e Output 3 AC 0 up to rated input voltage x 0 64 Rated frequency Hz e Input 7 e Output Rated current A e Input 55 9 70 2 85 7 e Output 47 0 59 0 72 0 Motor rated ote tes power E es 220 300 370 Auxiliary power supply Wl power supply DC 24 20 30 Max aux current requirement A e Standard version at 20 V 1 3 1 7 e Maximum version at 20 V 1 8 2 1 Pulse frequency fp 2 5 to 10 kHz see fig Derating curves Pulse frequencies lt 5 kHz and gt 8 kHz are available only with Performance II units GOSE70 TP70 Load class Il to EN 60 146 1 1 Base load current A 0 91 x rated output current Overload cycle time s 300 Overload current A 1 6 x rated output current Overload duration s 30 Loses cooling Eist La L L T Poweriss p 6kHz Wj oss os os II Cooling ar requirement bes 904 oo
137. able cross section 2 5 mm AWG 12 Terminal 33 is at the top when installed Table 7 6 External 24 V supply USS bus The unit draws a current of 1 A from the 24 V power supply When optional boards are plugged in this increases to a maximum of 1 6 A NOTICE The RS485 interface can be operated either via X100 or X103 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 7 12 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up X101 Control The following connections are provided on the control terminal strip terminal strip e 4 combined digital inputs and outputs 2 additional digital inputs 1 analog input 1 analog output 24 V auxiliary voltage supply max 60 mA output only for the inputs or WARNING If the digital inputs are supplied by an external 24 V voltage supply it must be referred to ground terminal X101 2 Terminal X101 1 P24 AUX must not be connected to the external 24 V supply Terminal Designation Meaning Range 1 P24 AUX Aux voltage supply DC 24 V 60 mA led 2 M24 AUX Reference potential OV LH EL 2 3 DIO1 Digital input output 1 24 V 10 mA 20 mA m 4 DIO2 Digital input output 2 24 V 10 mA 20 mA le Dur 5 5 DIO3 Digital input output 3 24 V 10 mA 20 mA e j 6 6 DIO4 Digital input output 4 24 V 10 mA 20 mA Lk ime 7 7 DIS Digital input 5 24 V 10 mA 4 8 DI6 Digital input 6 24 V 10 mA ed ICC 9 Al Analog input 11 bit sign jes CS differential input Ok IS 10 Al
138. account the warning information provided in these Operating Instructions The general and domestic installation and safety regulations for work on electrical power equipment e g VDE UL must be observed as well as the professional handling of tools and the use of personal protective equipment Death severe bodily injury or significant material damage could result if these instructions are not followed NOTE MASTERDRIVES components are designed in accordance with degree of protection IP20 or IPXXB in accordance with EN 60529 and as open type devices to UL 50 thus providing protection against electrical shocks In order to also ensure protection against mechanical and climatic stresses the components have to be operated in housings cabinets rooms that are designed according to the requirements of EN 60529 and classified as enclosure type to UL 50 Clearances When you install the equipment make sure that the DC link connection is at the top and the motor connection is at the bottom The devices must be mounted side by side in close physical contact In order to ensure an adequate supply of cooling air a clearance of 100 mm must be left at the top of the unit and at the bottom of the unit respectively to components which may considerably affect the flow of cooling air When mounting in cabinets the cabinet cooling must be designed according to the power loss Please refer to the Technical Data in this regard Si
139. act PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A119 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A120 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 19 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A121 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A122 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A123 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A124 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A125 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A126 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A127 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A128 TB alarm 2 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A129 Axis does not exist machine data 1 0 Machine data 1 position encoder type axis type is 0 axis does not exist Effect Operation of the axis i
140. ading is carried out Parameterizing with parameter modules Pre defined function assigned parameter modules are stored in the units These parameter modules can be combined with each other thus making it possible to adjust your unit to the desired application by just a few parameter steps Detailed knowledge of the complete parameter set of the unit is not required Parameter modules are available for the following function groups 1 Motors 2 Motor encoders 3 Control types 4 Setpoint and command sources Parameterization is effected by selecting a parameter module from each function group and then starting quick parameterization A parameter reset to the factory setting is performed and then according to your selection the required device parameters are set to achieve the required control functionality The parameters necessary for fine adjustment of the control structure are automatically adopted in the user menu If parameter changes have already been carried out on the unit it is recommended that you carry out a parameter reset to the factory setting prior to performing Quick parameterization 8 26 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Parameterization P060 3 Select Quick Parameterization menu 08 2009 P071 Input of unit line voltage in V E AC Units RMS value of AC voltage DC Units DC link voltage Input of motor type Bet 0 No motor connected 5 1 1F
141. age to property used with the safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury used without safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in property damage NOTICE used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potential situation which if not avoided may result in an undesirable result or state For the purpose of this documentation Note indicates important information about the product or about the respective part of the documentation which is essential to highlight Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 1 1 Definitions and Warnings 08 2008 WARNING NOTE WARNING Hazardous voltages are present in this electrical equipment during operation Non observance of the warnings can thus result in severe personal injury or property damage Only qualified personnel should work on or around the equipment This personnel must be thoroughly familiar with all warning and maintenance procedures contained in this documentation The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on correct transport proper storage and installation as well as careful operation and maintenance This documentation does not purport to cover all details on all types of the product nor to provide for every possible contingency to b
142. al diagnostics menu the following window opens This window gives a general overview of the active warnings and faults and their history Both the warning and the fault number as well as plain text are displayed General Diagnostics Active Warnings Aktive Fault No WamigTet About 2 SIMOLINK start alarm m 18 Encoder adjustment 19 Encoder data serial protocol 23 Motor temperature x Feu Hinton No FautTet Faut FautTime About 153 Request master control enable 0000 0000 0017 No FadkTet Fait FautTime About 2 153 Request master control enable 0 0000 0000 0017 3 2 Pre charging fault 1 D O00 0000 001 7 Operat Hours mm d rof h Ta DC Bus Volts 541 V Firmwareversion M220 Output Amps 13 9 A CalcTimeHdroom Pr Motor Torque F Drive Temp 300 ZE Motor Temperat 85 C Drive Utiizat B x nfact 800 min Extended Diagnostics Fig 8 12 General diagnostics Via the Extended Diagnostics button you can reach the next diagnostics window Extended Diagnostics Graphic Diagnostics Bus Diagnostics Trace Function Cross Reference Cross Reference Binectors Connectors Fig 8 13 Extended diagnostics Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 17 Parameterization 09 2009 8 4 PMU in units of the Compact PLUS type Parameter input via the PMU The PMU parameterizing unit
143. al risks of Power Drive Systems PDS DANG The m ER The components for the controller and drive of a Power Drive System PDS are authorized for industrial and commercial use in industrial networks Their use in public networks requires a different planning and or additional measures It is only permissible to operate these components in enclosed housings or in superordinate control cabinets and when all protective devices and protective covers are used These components may only be handled by qualified and trained specialist persons who are familiar with and observe all the safety instructions on the components and in the relevant technical user documentation achine manufacturer must take into account the following residual risks resulting from the components for the controller and drive of a Power Drive System PDS when evaluating the risk of his machine in accordance with the EC machinery guideline 1 Undesired movements of driven machine components during commissioning operation maintenance and repair e g as a result of HW and or SW errors in the sensors controller actuators and connection system Reaction times of the controller and the drive Operation and or ambient conditions not compliant with the specification Errors in parameterization programming wiring and installation Use of radio units mobile phones in the direct vicinity of the controller External influences damage 2 Extraordinary temperatures a
144. ality is reduced due to a ripple of 300 Hz Table 11 4 Technical data of inverter Part 1 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 11 6 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Technical Data Value Order No 6SE70 21 8TPDO 22 6TPOO 23 4TPOO 23 8TPLO Rated voltage V e Input DC 510 15 96 to 650 10 e Output 3 AC 0 up to rated input voltage x 0 64 Rated frequency Hz e Input e Output 400 Rated current A e Input 20 8 30 4 40 5 44 6 e Output 17 5 25 5 34 0 37 5 Motor rated power KW Auxiliary power supply V DC 24 20 30 Max aux current requirement A e Standard version at 20 V 0 8 1 1 e Maximum version at 20 V 2 1 2 7 Pulse frequency fp 2 5 to 10 0 Pulse frequencies lt 5 kHz and gt 8 kHz are available Performance II units GOSE70 TP70 Load class II to EN 60 146 1 1 Base load current A 0 91 x rated output current Overload cycle time s 300 Overload current A 1 6 x rated output current only with Overload duration s Extra short time loading Short time current fp 5 kHz A 3 x rated output current Short time current fp 10 kHz A 2 1 x rated output current Short time cycle s 1 Short time duration ms 250 Loses cooling Efficiency n rated operation III Sound pressure levels types of construction dimensions weights Sound pressure level dB A Dimensions e
145. all connecting leads NOTE Optional boards are mounted when the power section is already installed Disassemble device Open up the clamps of the DC link busbars Remove the fixing screws which hold the device on the mounting surface Pull the device down until the DC link busbars are fully exposed Pull the device out toward the front Place the device on an ESD compatible work station rear panel down Top view Side view right Bottom view 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 5 8 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Installation Opening the unit For simpler disassembly start with levering out the left one of the two housing chambers of the DC link terminals from the unit using a slot head screwdriver Unscrew the four fixing screws from the bottom and topside of the device Carefully lever out the front cover from the five detent lugs on the right hand side of the device using a slot head screwdriver see Detail A Fig 5 8 The front cover needs to be loosened only on one side the right hand side panel Front cover and left hand side panel remain as one unit DC link isolating terminal Detail A Detail A Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 9 Installation 08 2009 Removing the slot cover Removing the option card holder Carefully pull the device front including left side panel
146. altered in the course of transportation or handling No contact shall be made with electronic components and contacts Drive converters contain electrostatic sensitive components which are liable to damage through improper use Electric components must not be mechanically damaged or destroyed potential health risks 5 Electrical connection When working on live drive converters the applicable national accident prevention rules e g BGV A3 must be complied with The electrical installation shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant requirements e g cross sectional areas of conductors fusing PE connection For further information see documentation Instructions for the installation in accordance with EMC requirements like screening earthing location of filters and wiring are contained in the drive converter documentation They must always be complied with also for drive converters bearing a CE marking Observance of the limit values required by EMC law is the responsibility of the manufacturer of the installation or machine 6 Operation Installations which include drive converters shall be equipped with additional control and protective devices in accordance with the relevant applicable safety requirements e g Act respecting technical equipment accident prevention rules etc Changes to the drive converters by means of the operating software are admissible After disconnection of the drive converter f
147. ameters and visualization parameters specified in the function diagrams are automatically adopted in the user menu P060 0 and can be visualized or changed there The parameter numbers of the user menu are entered in P360 Reference is made in the function diagrams to the respective function diagram numbers Sheet xxx of the detail diagrams in the Compendium P060 3 Menu selection Quick parameterization P071 Input unit line voltage in V AC units r m s alternating voltage DC units DC link voltage The input is important e g for voltage limitation control Vdmax control P515 1 P095 Enter the motor type 2 Compact asynchronous motor 1PH7 1PA6 1PL6 1PH4 t P095 2 P095 10 P095 11 10 Async Sync IEC international Norm Y 11 Async Sync NEMA US Norm Enter the code number for the connected motor of type 1PH7 1PA6 1PL6 1PH4 l For list see Quick Parameterization Automatic parameter assignment is implemented as soon as the settings P095 2 and P097 gt 0 have been made 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 9 6 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps Enter the open closed loop control type sheet r0 to r5 P100 0 v f open loop control n controller with pulse encoder P095 2 P130 11 P097 gt 0 1 v f open loop control 2 v f open loop control textile 3 Vector control without tachometer f control 4 Vector control with tachometer
148. an be operated via the PMU operator control panel the user friendly OP1S operator control panel the terminal strip or via the bus system For this purpose the unit has a number of interfaces and three slots for the use of optional boards Resolvers encoders pulse encoders and multiturn encoders can be used as encoders on the motor Terminal stri Optional E 4 T PMU i pogras A Control electronics Serial interface C L Se U2 T1 zo v2 T2 Motor terminals D L io W2 T3 DC link DC fuse link PES oe ee o PE2 See qa guau gu qa ga gagu u gua guia ga guau aaa ga qawa ga uu awa uqu EN E Fig 2 1 Circuit principle of the inverter Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 2 1 02 2005 Transport Storage Unpacking 3 Transport Storage Unpacking Transport Storage CAUTION Unpacking The units and components are packed in the manufacturing plant corresponding to that specified when ordered A packing label is located on the outside of the packaging Please observe the instructions on the packaging for transport storage and professional handling Vibrations and jolts must be avoided during transport If the unit is damaged you must inform your shipping company immediately The units and components must be stored in clean dry rooms Temperatures bet
149. ard corresponds to See user manual for CB board CB alarm A85 of the 1st CB board A094 See user manual for CB board See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to CB alarm A86 of the 1st CB board A095 Alarm of the 2nd CB board Corresponds to See user manual for CB board A87 of the 1st CB board CB alarm See operating instructions for CB board A096 See user manual for CB board See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to CB alarm A88 of the 1st CB board A097 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS A098 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A099 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A100 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A101 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A102 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A103 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A104 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A105 TB alarm 1 not Compact PLUS See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A1
150. arm 1 Parameterizable external alarm input 1 has been activated Check whether the cable to the corresponding digital input has been interrupted parameter P588 Src No Ext Warn1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 13 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A016 External alarm 2 Parameterizable external alarm input 2 has been activated Check whether the cable to the corresponding digital input has been interrupted parameter P589 Src No Ext Warn2 A017 Safe Stop alarm active Safe Stop is detected in the READY states See F017 for causes counter measures A018 Encoder adjustment Signal amplitude Resolver encoder in the critical range See F051 for causes counter measures As a general rule it is necessary to initialize the starting position again gt power OFF ON or switch to the drive settings and back again If alarm A18 occurs in the Ready status r001 009 while an encoder is in use the amplitude of the CD track signal is too small or the connection to CD Track may be interrupted or an encoder without CD Track is in use In the case of an encoder without CD track the P130 must be correctly set A019 Encoder data serial protocol Connection fault of the serial protocol on multiturn encoders SSI Endat Serial protocol is defective on multiturn encod
151. as the same significance as if the drive is only n T control locked only frequency control P100 3 With v f control the I max controller has to be Slow down acceleration time see also P467 activated P331 The monitor does not ProtRampGen Gain operate with v f textile applications P100 2 Increase current in the lower frequency range Motor has stalled or is locked P278 P279 P280 In the case of synchronous motors P095 Switch in speed controller pre control 12 13 by reaching the maximum frequency P471 gt 0 Set EMF controller more dynamically 315 to In the case of externally excited synchronous max approx 2 motors P095 12 as a result of missing or excessively high excitation current flux is too Increase changeover frequency for the EMF small or too great model P313 Replace by speed control with pulse encoder When the maximum frequency including in the case of overmodulated n f controller control reserves B0254 has been reached on synchronous motors the fault is generated Track speed setpoint with the speed actual immediately If the deviations in the rotor flux value so that the set actual deviation is always are too great first of all the converter current less than that set in P792 is switched to zero the excitation current is reduced and after some time the fault Only for synchronous motor P095 12 message is tripped at the level of the double damping time constant 2 r12
152. ase of power failure once the toggle key P has been pressed 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 10 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization NOTE Some parameters may also be displayed without a parameter number e g during quick parameterization or if Fixed setting is selected In this case parameterization is carried out via various sub menus Example of how to proceed for a parameter reset 2x ln D P 7 D I 0 0 0A OV 0 H 0 00 min 1 Menu Selection Menu Selection User Param User Param MotionControl Menu selection OP Upread OP Download Param Menu Param Menu Fixed Set Fixed Set Fixed Setting Fixed Setting Select FactSet Select FactSet FactSet FactSet FactSet No FactSet No FactSet Selection of factory setting Menu Selection User Param Param Menu FixedSet Start of factory setting It is not possible to start the parameter reset in the Run status Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 11 Parameterization 08 2009 8 4 Parameter input with DriveMonitor NOTE Please refer to the online help for detailed information on DriveMonitor E button or F1 key 8 4 1 Installation and connection 8 4 1 1 Installation A DVD is included with the devices of the MASTERDRIVES Series when they are delivered The operating tool supplied on the DVD DriveMonitor
153. ates a fault in the unit or in the wiring Connect the required components in accordance with the circuit example Energize the forming circuit The duration of forming is approx 1 hour 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Technical Data 12 Technical Data EC Low Voltage Directive EN 50178 73 23 EEC and RL93 68 EEC EC EMC Directive 89 336 EWG EN 61800 3 EC Machinery Safety Directive EN 60204 1 89 392 EEC UL Approvals E 145 153 CSA LR21 927 cULus E 214113 2 22 kW Type of cooling Air cooled with installed fan Permissible ambient or coolant temperature e During operation e During storage e During transport Installation altitude Permissible humidity rating Environmental conditions to DIN IEC 721 3 3 Pollution degree Overvoltage category Type of protection 0 C to 45 C 32 F to 113 F to 50 C see fig Derating curves 25 C to 455 C 13 F to 131 F 25 C to 70 C 13 F to 158 F lt 1000 m above sea level 100 per cent loadability gt 1000 m to 4000 m above sea level Loadability see fig Derating curves Relative air humidity lt 95 during transport and storage 8596 in operation condensation not permissible Climate 3K3 Chemically active substances 3C2 Pollution degree 2 to IEC 664 1 DIN VDE 0110 Part 1 Moisture condensation during operation is not permissible Category Il
154. ating instructions for CB board See user manual for CB board Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 23 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A096 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A88 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board A097 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A098 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A099 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A100 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A101 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A102 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A103 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A104 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A105 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A106 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A107 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A108 TB alarm 1 See user manual for TB board See user manual for TB board A109 TB alarm 1
155. ation See TB documentation Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 15 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F130 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F131 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F132 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F133 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F134 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F135 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F136 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F137 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F138 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F139 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F140 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F141 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F142 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F143 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F144 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F145
156. ault during softwiring of binectors Voltage OFF and ON Factory setting and new parameterization Replace the board F045 Opt Board HW A hardware fault has occurred when accessing an option board Replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS Check connection of the board subrack to the option boards and replace if necessary F046 A fault has occurred during the transfer of Power the unit down and up again parameters to the gating unit processor Par Task Replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS type F047 The calculating time in the gating unit Replace CU A10 or replace the unit Gating Calc Time computer is not sufficient Compact PLUS In case of synchronous motors P095 12 Pulse frequency set too high P340 gt 2kHz F048 Gating Pulse Freq The pulse frequency set in P340 is not permissible Change P340 Pulse Frequency F049 The firmware versions on the CU have different firmware release Use uniform firmware SW version F050 Error when initializing the TSY board Check TSY Init Whether the TSY is correctly inserted 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 13 6 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F051 Speed encoder Digital tachometer or analog tachometer sensing are faulty Check the parameters P130 Src SpdActV P151 Pulse
157. ault in the internal parameter linking Release comparison of gating unit software and operating software regarding the transfer ParaLink int parameters Replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS type F255 A fault has occurred in the EEPROM Switch off the unit and switch it on again If the Fault in EEPROM fault re occurs replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS Table 13 1 Fault numbers causes and their counter measures Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 18 17 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 13 2 Alarms The alarm message is periodically displayed on the PMU by A alarm alarm message and a 3 digit number An alarm cannot be acknowledged It is automatically deleted once the cause has been eliminated Several alarms can be present The alarms are then displayed one after the other When the converter is operated with the OP1S operator control panel the alarm is indicated in the lowest operating display line The red LED additionally flashes refer to the OP1S operating instructions Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A001 Calculating time The calculating time utilization is too high a At least 3 failures of time slots T6 or T7 see also parameter r829 6 or r829 6 b At least 3 failures of time slots T2 T3 T4 or T5 see also parameter r829 2 to r829 5 Observe r829 CalcTimeHdroom Increase P357 Sa
158. ble r949 2 Offset adjustment in phase L3 not possible r949 3 Offset adjustment in phases L1 and L3 not possible 949265 Autom Adjustment of the analog inputs is not possible Fault in measured value sensing Fault in power section valve cannot block Fault on CU F035 External fault 1 Parameterizable external fault input 1 has been activated Check whether there is an external fault Check whether the cable to the corresponding digital output is interrupted P575 Src No ExtFault1 F036 External fault 2 Parameterizable external fault input 2 has been activated Check whether there is an external fault Check whether the cable to the corresponding digital output is interrupted P576 Src No ExtFault2 F038 Voltage OFF during parameter storage A voltage failure has occurred during a parameter task Re enter the parameter The number of the parameter concerned is indicated in fault value r949 F040 Internal fault of sequence control Incorrect operating status Replace the control board CUMC or the unit Compact PUS F041 EEPROM fault A fault has occurred during the storage of values in the EEPROM Replace the control board CUMC or the unit Compact PLUS F042 Time slot overflow The available calculating time of the time slot has been exceeded At least 10 failures of time slots T2 T3 T4 or T5 see also paramete
159. capable and therefore suitable for bus operation You can use it to connect 31 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES with a PC On the PC either an integrated RS485 interface or an RS232 lt gt RS485 interface converter is necessary On the device an RS485 interface is integrated into the X103 connection For the cable see pin assignment X300 and device documentation of the interface converter 8 4 2 Establishing the connection between DriveMonitor and the device 8 4 2 1 Setting the USS interface You can configure the interface with menu Tools 2 ONLINE Settings DriveMon Sel Tools Options Language Displays the ONLINE settings Fig 8 6 Online settings Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 13 Parameterization 08 2009 NOTE Drive ES USSParam Bus Type interface Extended Task timeout s The following settings Fig 8 7 are possible Tab card Bus Type options USS operation via serial interface Profibus DP only if DriveMonitor is operated under Drive ES Tab card Interface You can enter the required COM interface of the PC COM1 to COM4 and the required baudrate here Set the baudrate to the baudrate parameterized in SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES P701 factory setting 9600 baud Further settings operating mode of the bus in RS485 operation setting according to the description of the interface converter RS232 RS485 Tab card Extended R
160. ce not used P368 4l7 8 6 Analog input and terminal strip 0 1 2 3 Fixed setpoints and terminal strip MOP and terminal strip USS not used P700 1 Input the USS address PROFIBUS CBP2 OP1S and fixed setpoints via SCom1 OP1S and MOP via SCom1 ONDURWM O P918 1 72 Input the PROFIBUS address Start of quick parameterization 0 No parameter change 1 Parameter change according to chosen combination of parameter modules Note After start up an automatic factory setting of P366 0 takes place followed by the associated parameterization P060 0 Return to user menu Fig 8 18 Sequence for parameterizing with parameter modules Function diagram Function diagram modules function diagrams are shown after the flow modules chart for parameter modules stored in the unit software On the first few pages are the setpoint and command sources on the following pages are the analog outputs and the display parameters and the open loop and closed loop control types It is therefore possible to put together the function diagrams to exactly suit the selected combination of setpoint command source and open closed loop control type This will give you an overview of the functionality parameterized in the units and of the necessary assignment of the terminals The function parameters and visualization parameters specified in the function diagrams are automatically adopted in the user menu and can be visualized or
161. changed there The parameter numbers of the user menu are entered in P360 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 28 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Co 08 2009 Parameterization Setpoint and command source Terminal strip and x10 P24 analog input e X101 2 amp M24 D X101 3 1 Operation HFR E 0 Fault l M X101 4 Q X101 5 8 Seem X101 6 1 Inverter relesae gt Q X101 7 1 Edge Acknowledge amp gt X101 8 1 ON 0 OFF1 Q e 8 Differential input Analn Scale 4 10 V P P630 Analn Smooth Analn Offset P634 Al 10 V 10V P631 X101 9 A corresponds to 100 100 D gt D gt gt a e AL X101 100 4 L Control type Speed control r003 Output Volts r004 Output Amps Ref 1006 DC Bus Volts speed Norm P353 n Reg Gain1 n Reg Time Disp Speed Conn P235 1 P240 1 r041 1 FSetp speed en SR X Torq Lim1 setpoint ae P263 1 x 20 wv Current I gt 7 H control y Motor n max REV speed FSetp x P453 1 Torq Lim2 Accel Decel P264 1 Time P462 1 Time P464 1 T Motor Analog output AnaOut Scale AnaOut Smooth encoder 10 V AnaOut Offset P643 1 P642 1 P644 1 E 101 11 O A y x x
162. clearly shown again in the following diagram a Conductive floor surface b ESD table c ESD shoes d ESD overall e ESD chain f Cubicle ground connection d f f f f L SR ER vk c a Sitting Standing Standing Sitting Fig 1 1 ESD protective measures Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 1 3 Definitions and Warnings 08 2008 Safety and Operating Instructions for Drive Converters in conformity with the low voltage directive 73 23 EEC 1 General In operation drive converters depending on their degree of protection may have live uninsulated and possibly also moving or rotating parts as well as hot surfaces In case of inadmissible removal of the required covers of improper use wrong installation or maloperation there is the danger of serious personal injury and damage to property For further information see documentation All operations serving transport installation and commissioninng as well as maintenance are to be carried out by skilled technical personnel Observe IEC 60364 or CENELEC HD 384 or DIN VDE 0100 and IEC 60664 or DIN VDE0110 and national accident prevention rules For the purposes of these basic safety instructions skilled technical personnel means persons who are familiar with the installation mounting commissioning and operation of the product and have the qualifications needed for t
163. close physical contact In order to ensure an adequate supply of cooling air a clearance of 100 mm must be left at the top of the unit and at the bottom of the unit respectively to components which may considerably affect the flow of cooling air When mounting in cabinets the cabinet cooling must be designed according to the power loss Please refer to the Technical Data in this regard Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 1 Installation 09 2009 Requirements at the Foreign particles point of installation The units must be protected against the ingress of foreign particles as otherwise their function and operational safety cannot be ensured Dust gases vapors Equipment rooms must be dry and dust free Ambient and cooling air must not contain any electrically conductive gases vapors and dust which could diminish the functionality If necessary filters should be used or other corrective measures taken Cooling air The units must only be operated in an ambient climate in accordance with DIN IEC 721 3 3 Class 3K3 For cooling air temperatures of more than 45 C 113 F and installation altitudes higher than 1000 m derating is required Mounting surface CL P d S APA Pi e W4 x x Ze 100 mm lt gt Si Cooling ai a 8 S Fig 5 1 Minimum clearances for cooling 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 5 2 Operating Instructio
164. command during the measurement the alarm message A078 standstill and has reset the function selection in P115 measurement has appeared Cancel the OFF command and re start measurement F115 A fault has occurred during calculations in the Power down the converter and electronics and context of the Mol power up again KF internal F116 See TB documentation See TB documentation Technology board fault F117 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F118 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F119 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F120 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F121 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F122 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F123 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F124 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F125 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F126 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F127 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F128 Technology board fault See TB documentation See TB documentation F129 Technology board fault See TB document
165. connection frequent telegram failures Slow bus cycle times in the case of high bus cycle times or synchronization of slow time slots synchronizing can last for 1 2 minutes in the worst case Incorrect wiring of the time counter only if P754 gt P746 TO SIMOLINK SLB Check r748 i002 and i003 counters for CRC faults and timeout faults Check the fiber optic cable connection Check P751 on the dispatcher connector 260 must be softwired Check P753 on the transceiver corresponding SIMOLINK connector K70xx must be softwired A004 Alarm startup of 2nd SLB Startup of the 2nd SIMOLINK ring does not function Check the fiber optic cable ring for any disconnections Check whether an SLB in the ring is without voltage Check whether an SLB in the ring is faulty A005 Couple full The closed loop electronic system of MASTERDRIVES NC consists of two microprocessors Only a limited number of couple channels are provided for transferring data between the two processors The alarm displays that all couple channels between the two processors are busy An attempt has however been made to interconnect another connector requireing a couple channel None A014 Simulation active alarm The DC link voltage is not equal to 0 when the simulation mode is selected P372 1 Set P372 to 0 Reduce DC link voltage disconnect the converter from the supply A015 External al
166. correctly on the left housing side Applying little pressure you can then insert the front cover and the side panel in the housing in parallel to the right hand side panel The fold on the left hand side panel as well as the detent lugs on the right hand side of the housing noticeably snap in For less load on the connection points put the device down on the right hand side and screw in the two screws each on the top and bottom side of the device for some turns only Now tighten all four screws Now replace the housing of the DC link busbars until it noticeably snaps in Push the device from the front below the DC link busbars to its mounting position Lift the device until the DC link busbars are fully connected again Screw in the fixing screws to firmly tighten the device onto the mounting surface Lock in the DC link busbars Re connect all previously removed connecting cables Check all connecting cables and the shield to make sure they sit properly and are in the correct position To designate the optional board insert the relevant designation plate into the envisaged position on the front of the unit After powering up the voltage you can log on the optional boards in the software of the unit and commence start up 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations 6 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations Basic
167. cy P097 number number In A Un V Mn Nm fn Hz MPRD Lux w a N w Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 47 Parameterization 08 2009 Input in Motor order Pole pair Current Voltage Torque Frequency P097 number number In A Un V Mn Nm fn Hz z xe w ss 5s hata F 359 GC Ca 350 140 2 ria _ _ 74 to 99 for future applications 101 to for fut licati 253 or future applications Table 8 6 Motor list 1PH7 1PL6 1PH4 For information about motor ratings and availability please see Catalog DA65 3 Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES The data stored under the motor numbers describe the design point of the motor In Chapter 3 Induction servo motors of Catalog DA65 3 two operating points are indicated for operation with MASTERDRIVES MC The operating points are calculated for 400 V and 480 V AC line voltage on the converter input side The data for the 480 V line voltage are stored in the control system as the rated motor current is slightly lower for a few motors in this operating point P293 Field weakening frequency is always decisive for the actual field weakening operating point The field weakening frequency P293 is automatically calculated for a line voltage of 400 V 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 48 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization
168. d Upread free access Contains the complete parameter set and is used for free access to all parameters without being restricted by further menus Enables all parameters to be upread upload by an OP1S PC or automation unit Power section Used to define the power section only necessary for units of definition the Compact and chassis type When selected the unit switches to status 0 Power section definition Table 8 1 Main menus Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 3 Parameterization 08 2009 User parameters Lock and key In principle parameters are firmly assigned to the menus However the User parameters menu has a special status Parameters assigned to this menu are not fixed but can be changed You are thus able to put together the parameters required for your application in this menu and structure them according to your needs The user parameters can be selected via P360 Select UserParam In order to prevent undesired parameterization of the units and to protect your know how stored in the parameterization it is possible to restrict access to the parameters by defining your own passwords with the parameters P358 key and P359 lock 8 4 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Parameterization 08 2009 8 2 Parameter input via the PMU The PMU parameterizing unit enables parameter
169. d in the manufacturing plant corresponding to that specified when ordered A packing label is located on the outside of the packaging Please observe the instructions on the packaging for transport storage and professional handling Vibrations and jolts must be avoided during transport If the unit is damaged you must inform your shipping company immediately The units and components must be stored in clean dry rooms Temperatures between 25 C 13 F and 70 C 158 F are permissible Temperature fluctuations must not be more than 30 K per hour If the storage period of two years is exceeded the unit must be newly formed See Section Forming The packaging comprises board and corrugated paper It can be disposed of corresponding to the appropriate local regulations for the disposal of board products The units and components can be installed and commissioned after they have been unpacked and checked to ensure that everything is complete and that they are not damaged Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 3 1 02 2005 First Start up 4 First Start up Unpack and check the units d Mount the unit and install optional boards which have not yet been fitted Form the DC link capacitors if necessary Connect the protective conductor the power cables or buses and if present the ext 24 V supply Connect the control cables communication cables encod
170. d or authorized to energize de energize ground and tag circuits and equipment in accordance with established safety procedures Trained or authorized in the proper care and use of protective equipment in accordance with established safety procedures Trained in rendering first aid indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death serious injury and considerable damage to property indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death serious injury and considerable damage to property used with the safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury used without safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in property damage NOTICE used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potential situation which if not avoided may result in an undesirable result or state For the purpose of this documentation Note indicates important information about the product or about the respective part of the documentation which is essential to highlight Siemens AG 6S5E7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 1 1 Definitions and Warnings 08 2008 WARNING NOTE WARNING Hazardous voltages are present in this electrical equipment during operation Non observance of
171. d time compensation 1 2 3 as above X O O O O Dev valve voltage 1 2 3 as above The motor power section or actual value sensing are significantly non symmetrical F109 The rotor resistance determined during DC Incorrect input of rated speed or rated measurement deviates too significantly from frequency Mid R L the value which was calculated by the automatic parameterization from the rated slip Pole pair number incorrect 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 13 14 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F110 During test pulse measurement the current There may be a short circuit between two has increased significantly faster than was converter outputs Mld di dt expected Thus for the 1st test pulse an overcurrent condition occurred within the first The motor rating plate data have not been half of the minimum switch on time correctly parameterized The motor leakage is too low F111 A fault has occurred while calculating the equalization function Fault e Func F112 The individual leakage test results deviate too Unsym sigma significantly F114 The converter has automatically stopped the Re start with P115 function selection 2 automatic measurement due to the time limit Motor identification at standstill The ON Mld OFF up to power up having been exceeded or due command must be given within 20 sec after to an OFF
172. danger Power up the converter A079 Mid Inv Stop The rotating measurement has been aborted or cannot commence because an inverter stop command is present P561 Src InvRelese Release the inverter If necessary re start the measurement by powering up the converter A080 Motld Dr M When the converter is powered up the rotating measurement automatically accelerates the drive The drive can then only be externally controlled in a restricted fashion If the rotating measurement can be executed without any danger Power up the converter A081 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see operating instructions for CB board The ID byte combinations which are being sent from the DP master in the configuration telegram are not in conformance with the permissible ID byte combinations See also Compendium Chapter 8 Table 8 2 12 Consequence No connection is made with the PROFIBUS master New configuration necessary A082 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see the operating instructions for the CB board No valid PPO type can be identified from the configuration telegram of the DP master Consequence No connection is made with the PROFIBUS master New configuration necessary 13 22 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008
173. ddress T disconnect network connection Quantity of PZD Fig 8 8 Create file Drive properties After confirming the drive properties with ok you have to enter the name and storage location of the download file to be created Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 11 Parameterization 09 2009 8 3 3 8 3 3 1 Parameterization Structure of the parameter lists parameterization with DriveMonitor Parameterization using the parameter list is basically the same as parameterization using PMU See Section 8 4 The parameter list provides the following advantages Simultaneous visibility of a larger number of parameters Text display for parameter names index number index text parameter value binectors and connectors Onachange of parameters Display of parameter limits or possible parameter values The parameter list has the following structure Field No Field Name Function P Nr Here the parameter number is displayed You can only change the field in menu Free parameterization Name Display of the parameter name in accordance with the parameter list Ind Display of the parameter index for indexed parameters To see more than index 1 click on the sign The display is then expanded and all indices of the parameter are displayed 5 Display of the current parameter value You can change this by double Index text Parameter value
174. de cover Fig 5 4 Position of the fixing screws on the right hand side wall Slots for optional boards Rear wall c G a o z o S Ka E bal lt A E D aa Fig 5 5 Removing the right hand side wall Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 5 Installation 09 2009 Removing the Remove the fixing screws of the option card holder from the pins and lift option card holder the option card holder from the device Installing the optional board NOTICE Optional boards can only be inserted in slot A and slot B Slot C of the unit is permanently pre assigned for the terminal module EBV Push the optional board from behind into the opening on the front cover until the position of the 64 pole system connector on the main board corresponds with the position of the socket Insert the optional board from the right onto the 64 pole system connector on the main board The view shows the installed state Screw the optional board tight at the fastening points in the front section of the optional board J E A G i Slot A Slot B Rear wall Rear wall Fig 5 6 Installing the optional board Mounting the option Place the option card holder horizontally on the rear edge of all fitted card holder option cards and tighten the previously removed screw
175. dedicated NC programs A160 Setup speed 0 The value entered in level 1 or level 2 for the F_S velocity level in setup mode is zero Effect The axis movement is inhibited Define a permissible velocity level for level 1 and or level 2 The permissible value range is between 0 01 1000 LU min and traversing velocity maximum machine data 23 A161 Reference approach The velocity value entered for reference point approach velocity machine data 7 is zero Enter a permissible value for the approach velocity The permissible value range is between 0 01 1000 LU min and traversing velocity 0 Effect velocity maximum machine data 23 The axis movement is inhibited A162 The velocity value entered for reference point Enter a permissible value for the reference Reference point reducing velocity 0 reducing velocity machine data 6 is zero Effect The axis movement is inhibited or stopped point reducing velocity The permissible value range is between 0 01 and 1000 1000 LU min A165 MDI block number not allowed The MDI block number MDI_NO specified in the control signals is greater than 11 Effect The axis movement is inhibited Define an MDI block number MDI_NO between 0 and 10 A166 No position has been programmed in MDI mode The start STA control signal was activated in MDI mode without initially transferring a positional value to the s
176. der from the device 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Installation Removing the optional board Undo the two optional board screws by about one turn each Loosen the connection between the system connector and the board so as to prevent any mechanical tension arising when the screws are fully unscrewed Take out the optional board screws and remove the board Mounting the optional board NOTICE Optional boards can only be inserted in slot A and slot B Slot C of the unit is permanently pre assigned for the terminal module EBV Slot A Slot B Insert the optional board from the behind the broken out slot conver until the position of the 64 pole system connector on the electronic board corresponds with the position of the socket Insert the option board into the 64 pole system connector on the electronic board Screw the optional board tight at the fastening points in the front section of the optional board with the two screws Fig 5 10 Installing the optional board Mounting the option card holder Place the option card holder horizontally on the rear edge of all fitted option cards and tighten the previously removed screws at the fixing points Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 1
177. e LL WOELd J poou JOJO OSZ 1894S eun jeoeg eui Je ov pde Beuxeu yu SOL d vevd SOL J zovd 960011 T Srd gt _ lt gea jurodjes ulew 91S 960011 4 ZSrd pds sod xeui yu gt lt L o g era Ldjegppy ous x S d peeds x ZS d Aouenbes4 Jed BLEBEBUS 1 1994S 9i 1eous Jeuueuo juiodjes 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 22 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 Lena Goreis gel eyo 199l S ous W O d ysoog djes4 WLOLd W Z8 d SHOA OW e pa yyoows ged SOA dinO xeuu Se Weed 09 W20ld Aouenbau u b jjloNW yeon Dat 987 19eus S0y 19eus yun uneg 0 98 Jee GE W 9ce d Aouenbau pue 1soog sduiy ndjno 6714 N zeed UL Jejouoo xeu W LEEd dy Jejomquoo xew SL s yu 0 W 9 d dy dwo due Jejjojuoo uonejluu jueJn ul waung W 82ld jueuno Vum EI peeds julodjas YLO 622 yjoows jes 4 u HCH zer Ges yu L 00Ld 9nsuejoeJeuo Un G 09d snyejs Dumes eAug eui ur ejqejsnfpe Ajuo Ja oWeJed x pds Beu xew sju 0 OLL AE eumjeoeqg eum jeoov s 0L Jv9vd SOL 3zovd d 960011 J zGtd pds sod xew j u 0 a vd y dies ppe ous eged peeds amp ZS d Aouanbayy eu JL 1eeus DLC 394S Jeuueuo juiodjes 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 9 23 Operating Instructi
178. e determined correctly r949 124 The rotor time constant P124 is parameterized with the value 0 ms r949 347 The valve voltage drop P347 is not determined correctly F112 A fault has occurred during measurement of Repeat measurement the motor inductances or leakages Mid X L F114 The converter has automatically stopped the Re start with P115 function selection 2 automatic measurement due to the time limit Motor identification at standstill The ON Mld OFF up to power up having been exceeded or due command must be given within 20 sec after to an OFF command during the measurement the alarm message A078 standstill and has reset the function selection in P115 measurement has appeared Cancel the OFF command and re start measurement Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 9 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F116 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F117 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F118 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F119 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F120 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F121 Technology board fault not Com
179. e operating instructions for the CB board No valid PPO type can be identified from the configuration telegram of the DP master Consequence No connection is made with the PROFIBUS master New configuration necessary A083 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see the operating instructions for the CB board No net data or invalid net data e g complete control word STW1 0 are being received from the DP master Consequence The process data are not passed on to the dual port RAM If P722 P695 is not equal to zero this will cause the fault message F082 to be tripped See operating instructions of the CB board A084 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see the operating instructions for the CB board The telegram traffic between the DP master and the CBP has been interrupted e g cable break bus cable pulled out or DP master powered down Consequence If P722 P695 is not equal to zero this will cause the fault message F082 to be tripped See operating instructions of the CB board A085 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see the operating instructions for the CB board The CBP does not generate this alarm See operating instructions of the CB board A086 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB s
180. e capable of at least 100 000 switching cycles at the specified load 30 V DC 1 A The mechanical service life is about 10 switching cycles The safety relay is an important component in ensuring reliability and availability of the machine For this reason the pcb with the safety relay must be replaced in the case of malfunction In this case the unit must be returned for repair or replaced Function checks must be carried out at regular intervals which must be defined in compliance with Employer s Liability Insurance Regulation BGV A3 839 para 3 Accordingly function checks must be performed as required by the relevant service conditions but at least once a year and additionally after initial commissioning and any modification and or maintenance work P24 Open Emerg close Stop osed ee Mains Main switch Q1 77 Ai Y10 Y11 Y12 Y21 Y22 13 23 31 Ai Y10 Y111Y12 v21 v22 13 23 31 47 57 d AE L 1 J u 477 Y33 Y34 PE A2 14 24 Y33 Y34 PE A2 Reset 3 als VR Ki Optionk80 n 0 Cu control board I ia SIMOVERT op MASTERDRIVES m Uz Ng M X Binary input connect to OFF3 e g X101 8 gt P558 21 Y Binary output connect to Comparison value reached e g X101 6 gt P654 120 P796 0 comparison value Fig 7 7 Sample
181. e met in connection with installation operation or maintenance Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser s purposes the matter should be referred to the local SIEMENS sales office The contents of this documentation shall not become part of or modify any prior or existing agreement commitment or relationship The sales contract contains the entire obligation of SIEMENS AG The warranty contained in the contract between the parties is the sole warranty of SIEMENS AG Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or modify the existing warranty Proper use of Siemens products Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation If products and components from other manufacturers are used these must be recommended or approved by Siemens Proper transport storage installation assembly commissioning operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems The permissible ambient conditions must be adhered to The information in the relevant documentation must be observed 1 2 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Definitions and Warnings CAUTION Components which can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge ESD The board contains components which can be
182. e parameter number to the 2 P parameter index e from the parameter index to the B SE arameter value arameter p index NILA value e from the parameter value to the parameter number E If the parameter is not indexed you can jump directly from the parameter number to the parameter value NOTE If you change the value of a parameter this change generally becomes effective immediately It is only in the case of acknowledgement parameters marked in the parameter list by an asterisk 1 that the change does not become effective until you change over from the parameter value to the parameter number Parameter changes made using the PMU are always safely stored in the EEPROM protected in case of power failure once the toggle key has been depressed 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 8 20 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization Example The following example shows the individual operator control steps to be carried out on the PMU for a parameter reset to factory setting Set P053 to 0002 and grant parameter access via PMU a P x Als Als a PJs Select P060 Als Set P060 to 0002 and select Fixed settings menu a P s Als a P Select P970 A v Set P970 to 0000 and start parameter reset a P x a II a P F e EE Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 21 Parameterization 09 2009 8 5 Parameter input via the OP1S 8 5 1 General The opera
183. eck the connections of the SCB1 2 SCB telegram failure USS peer to peer SCI within the telegram failure time Check P704 03 SCom SCB Tlg OFF Replce SCB1 2 Replace CU A10 F080 TB CB initialization fault Fault during initialization of the board at the DPR interface Fault value r949 1 Board code incorrect 2 TB CB board not compatible 3 CB board not compatible 5 Error in configuration data 6 Initialization timeout 7 TB CB board double 10 Channel error Check the T300 CB board for correct contacting check the PSU power supply check the CU CB T boards and check the CB initialization parameters P918 01 CB Bus Address P711 01 to P721 01 CB parameters 1 to 11 13 10 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F081 OptBrdHeartbeat Counter Heartbeat counter of the optional board is no longer being processed Fault value r949 0 TB CB heatbeat counter 1 SCB heartbeat counter 2 Additional CB heartbeat counter Acknowledge the fault whereby automatic reset is carried out If the fault re occurs replace the board concerned see fault value Replace ADB Check the connection between the subrack and the optional boards LBA and replace if necessary F082 TB CB telegram failure No new process data have been rece
184. ed COM interface of the PC COM 1 to COM4 and the required baudrate here NOTE Set the baudrate to the baudrate parameterized in SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES P701 factory setting 9600 baud Further settings operating mode of the bus in RS485 operation setting according to the description of the interface converter RS232 RS485 Tab card Extended Request retries and Response timeout here you can increase the values already set if communication errors occur frequently Drive ES USSParam X Drive ES USSParam X Drive ES UssParam Bus Type Interface Extended Bus Type Interface Extended Bus Type Interface Extended Interface m Request retries m 3 1000 40 Bad rie 9600 X Response timeout 17100 ms 20 300 Bus operation R5485 e Automatic mode RTS contol p DTR control Task timeout s 1 0 393 Cancel Help Cancel Fig 8 4 Interface configuration 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 8 8 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization 8 3 2 2 Starting the USS bus scan DriveMonitor starts with an empty drive window Via the menu Set up an ONLINE connection the USS bus can be scanned for connected devices DriveMon ae View Tools Help CTRL O Set up an ONLINE connection Export Import Convert Parameter sets last dealt with Exit Fig 8 5 Starting the USS bus scan NOTE The Set up an online con
185. ed M4 bolt This is used for connecting up the second protective conductor in accordance with EN 50178 The DC link bus module serves to supply the unit with electrical energy Bar Designation Meaning Range PES Protective conductor connection 2 D L DC link voltge DC 510 650 V 1 C L DC link voltage DC 510 650 V Connectable cross section Electro plated copper 3x10 mm rounded off according to DIN 46433 EN 13601 Bar 1 is at the front when installed Table 7 1 DC link busbars Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 5 Connecting up 08 2008 X2 Motor connection The motor connection is located at the lower section of the unit Terminal Meaning Range PE2 Protective conductor connection U2 Phase U2 T1 3ACOV 480V V2 Phase V2 T2 3 AC 0 V 480 V w2 Phase W2 T3 3 AC 0 V 480 V Connectable cross section 4 mm AWG 10 stranded Terminal PE2 is at the front when installed Table 7 2 Motor connection The motor cables must be dimensioned in accordance with VDE 298 Part 2 After installation of the connector the shield of the motor cable must be fixed to the shield plate through a large surface area CAUTION The connector has to be screwed firmly to the housing providing resistance to vibration and protecting against being inadvertently withdrawn 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 7 6 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting
186. ed with block search does not exist in the subprogram Effect NC program execution is inhibited For the block search function a block number which exists in this subprogram must be specified as the block number for subprogram level 1 A186 Block no of block search fwd lev 1 is no SP call The block number for subprogram level 1 which was transferred with block search does not contain a subprogram call for subprogram level 2 Effect NC program execution is inhibited For the block search function a block number with a subprogram call must be specified as the block number for subprogram level 1 if a block search is to be performed in subprogram level 2 A187 Block no of block search fwd lev 2 does not exist The block number for subprogram level 2 which was transferred with block search does not exist in the subprogram Effect NC program execution is inhibited For the block search function a block number which exists in this subprogram must be specified as the block number for subprogram level 2 A188 Rem loop count bl search fwd lev1 2 not allowed The remaining loop count transferred with block search for subprogram level 1 or 2 is greater than the programmed loop count Effect NC program execution is inhibited For the block search function it is only allowed to specify a remaining loop count between 0 and the programmed loop count 1 A190 Digital input not The
187. ee the operating instructions for the CB board Failure of the heartbeat counter on the basic unit The heartbeat counter on the basic unit is no longer being incremented The communication between the CBP and the basic board is disturbed See operating instructions of the CB board A087 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see the operating instructions for the CB board Fault in the DPS manager software of the CBP See operating instructions of the CB board A088 CB alarm See user manual for CB board See user manual for CB board A089 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A81 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board A090 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A82 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board A091 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A83 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board A092 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A84 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 17 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A093 See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB bo
188. eged peeds 4 ZS d fouenbejj Y be 1eeus DLC 19euS Jeuueuo juiodjes 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Siemens AG 9 27 Operating Instructions 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps L 1894 9 up e e s S v 00 Ld J04 U09 enbJoj jouoo peeds dooj peso 5 upBeu JN3 ueg Bey JW3 duiy 0101 4 dwogoupe pu W 9l d W SLEA 9608 W ZLd 000 W 8Eld uonezijeuuoN 881 vm quano Aouenbau due ASld OyL oe 0 4U09 66190 Dos 39s G6 1eeus oe ps onsuejoeJeuo Bulueyeam pjal4 eseojoi LL WOELd S J poou ejs s as nd SG ams yu yjoows Jepooue 1040W 100 amp W6 d oe yu u B WZOL W L t pon w ezzd pe yyu yoows OSE 18 uS OSZ 19eus amp pds Beu xeuj jyu 08 ag 0 OLL 3 Std peeds julodjas vlod SlloA djno xeui P Dec cavi dies enbio dS uoouss 3es yu as yu 00 39064 ul Bey yu pdyBey yu OL dcsvrd dj s3 ppV biol W OrZzd W GEZd pds sod xew yyu EI 6921 u Jos WN W t8 d W 8cd W 182d ur 196 pA ujoous EL joe zyur bJo lt zL on joe jyuur bao L dies 4 ziuribjo zuw baoL 96001 486d uoneju enbuo gepu L Eb bd O peuejei si Ferd L rd enbio eged peeds 96001 J Z6vd zged Aouanbay dies pubio uturibao 1 W 6Scd W 8cLd ueB xeur mg 1ueuno uinuiixe W S8cieeus LZE P S LOE 1eeus OZE jeeus yun buneg Jejoquoo Jeuueuo juiodje
189. elected MDI block Effect The axis movement is inhibited Use the correct sequence data transfer followed by axis start A167 No velocity has been programmed in MDI mode The start STA control signal was activated in MDI mode without initially transferring a velocity value to the selected MDI block Effect The axis movement is inhibited Use the correct sequence data transfer followed by axis start A168 G91 not allowed with G91 incremental dimensions was defined in the MDI block as the 1st G function for the MDI on the fly function The MDI on the fly function only allows G90 absolute dimensions as the 1st G function MDI on the fly Effect The axis movement is inhibited or stopped via the deceleration ramp A169 Control signal reset technology RST Ensure that the control signals are activated Start conditions for flying MDI do not exist activated Control signal follow up mode FUM activated Effect The MDI on the fly function is not executed correctly A170 Single block mode block does not exist An NC block was started in single block mode although a block has not yet been transferred Effect NC block execution is inhibited Transfer the block Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 25 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A172 Program
190. emens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 1 Installation 08 2009 Requirements at the Foreign particles point of installation The units must be protected against the ingress of foreign particles as otherwise their function and operational safety cannot be ensured Dust gases vapors Equipment rooms must be dry and dust free Ambient and cooling air must not contain any electrically conductive gases vapors and dust which could diminish the functionality If necessary filters should be used or other corrective measures taken Cooling air The units must only be operated in an ambient climate in accordance with DIN IEC 721 3 3 Class 3K3 For cooling air temperatures of more than 45 C 113 F and installation altitudes higher than 1000 m derating is required Mounting surface J Z Z E Z 4 Z V P Wo YSS CN NS N 100 mm lt gt Cooling ai AR 100 mm Fig 5 1 Minimum clearances for cooling 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 5 2 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Installation Installation The unit is mounted directly to a mounting surface Fixing is by means of two or four M5 screws Slots Mounting surface for screws M5 lt 260 mm 4 nv r v 1 a A i EE a oO te zt 0 e lt v P
191. ents e g cross sectional areas of conductors fusing PE connection For further information see documentation Instructions for the installation in accordance with EMC requirements like screening earthing location of filters and wiring are contained in the drive converter documentation They must always be complied with also for drive converters bearing a CE marking Observance of the limit values required by EMC law is the responsibility of the manufacturer of the installation or machine 6 Operation Installations which include drive converters shall be equipped with additional control and protective devices in accordance with the relevant applicable safety requirements e g Act respecting technical equipment accident prevention rules etc Changes to the drive converters by means of the operating software are admissible After disconnection of the drive converter from the voltage supply live appliance parts and power terminals must not be touched immediately because of possibly energized capacitors In this respect the corresponding signs and markings on the drive converter must be respected During operation all covers and doors shall be kept closed 7 Maintenance and servicing The manufacturer s documentation shall be followed Keep these safety instructions in a safe place 1 4 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Definitions and Warnings Residu
192. epooue JO OW io W9zd 19 pA ujoous S8c 4994S yun Buyes 0 06 S6u ul Boy 44I ureo Bey Na W9led WSLEd oe psi aseajoy ulejs S pow W v8zd WESCd ul duupj 0101 H 9608 W ZLd sep Uns 88 eme Aouanbay due S6E Held onsueyoeseyo Bulusyeam pjerJ W vb d pe H uideqpoiw gre oA dino xeui ge yu ujoous 08 1994S 6921 qu yes CeL 104 yor Zw bio L zn pe juuur buo peeds julodjas YOI It 6221 i uoouises yu upDew yu ds Destuu W OrZd W SEZd eoi pooue joe y Mn A3 en 9 u u1oouu Se nu ueoug oe yu OSE 1eeus duiooouoe euy 000 W8 Ld uonezijeuuoN AGld oydeL oe 0 4109 WOE Ld DUS JOJO OScieeus eur jeoeg eui 00 pds Beu xeui yu sol 0 OLL 4S jes yu 0 OLL t pds sod xew yu aguy LLL geerd ZwrbuoL aug 001 4 867d dies zuwurmbuo W 8cld ueB xeur mgd 1ueAno wnwixeWN j 04 Baus qui 1ueuno enbauo gge 3284S 09 1884S Jejo uoo peeds T L 1 1 1 i 1 1 x lt oz 01 8 6rd DiupboL aus 95001 J Z6vd dos Durbiol Z J v9vd SOL 429bd gie gt lt gea uiodies ulew og gt lt L o a eerd V dies ppy os kbd o pauaya SI pGEd Lord nbio
193. equest retries and Response timeout here you can increase the values already set if communication errors occur frequently 1 0 99 9 X Drive ES UssParam X gt Drive ES USSParam Bus Type Interface Extended Bus Type Interface Extended Interface GNE Request retries m Bus operation RS485 e Automatic mode C RTS contol DTR control Cancel Help eg mb i Fig 8 7 Interface configuration Baud ste x Response timeout 1 100 ms 140 8 14 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 3 1000 20 300 08 2009 Parameterization 8 4 2 2 Starting the USS bus scan DriveMonitor starts with an empty drive window Via the menu Set up an ONLINE connection the USS bus can be scanned for connected devices DriveMon View Tools Help CTRL 0 Set up an ONLINE connection Export Import Convert Parameter sets last dealt with Exit Fig 8 8 Starting the USS bus scan NOTE The Set up an online connection menu is only valid from Version 5 2 onwards Onlineantriebe suchen BusAdde Unttpe Version Open Cancel Den ersten gefundenen Antrieb sofort online ffnen r Suchen Antriebe Quantity of am Adress 4 ER Fig 8 9 Search for online drives During the search the USS bus is scanned with the set baudrate only The baud rate can be changed via
194. er part 3 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 5 Technical Data 08 2008 Derating curves Permissible rated input voltage in according to VDE 0110 IEC 664 1 not required by UL CSA 100 eg 50 1000 SU UU M 3000 4000 HOSE above sea level inm Permissible rated current in 100 Height Derating 90 m factor K 1000 80 2000 70 3000 4000 805 1000 que A Bs 3000 4000 ea above sea level inm Permissible rated current in 100 75 50 25 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 Coolant temperature in C Permissible rated current in 96 100 75 50 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 pe WE EE frequency Fig 12 1 Derating curves Derating factor K2 See note below 12 6 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Technical Data The derating of the permissible rated current for installation altitudes of over 1000 m and at ambient temperatures below 45 C is calculated as follows Total derating Deratingattitude X Deratingambient temperature K Ki x Ko NOTE It must be borne in mind that total derating must not be greater than 1 Example Altitude 3000 m K4 0 845 Ambient temperature 35 C Ko 1 25 Total derating 0 845 x 1 25 1 056 1 Rating plate SIEMENS MASTERDRIVES VC DC AC DRIVE Unit designation HIM I
195. er cables and motor cables Power up the external 24 V supply After removing the packaging check that the unit is intact and undamaged Only intact units may be started up Please also check that the unit is complete and that the correct optional boards are fitted Retrofit any optional boards which have not yet been installed if necessary Then install the units taking into account the requirements at the point of installation and the EMC instructions If the DC link of the unit was de energized for more than two years you have to newly form the DC link capacitors Please connect starting with the protective conductor See section Transport Storage Unpacking See section Installation and Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations See section Forming See section the power cables or DC link buses and the external 24 V Connecting up supply Pay attention to EMC instructions when laying the cables Please do not at this stage connect any control communication encoder and motor cables exception cable for connecting up an OP1S if parameterization is to be effected via the OP1S Please connect the remaining control communication encoder and motor cables Pay attention to the EMC instructions when laying the cables WARNING A The device must be disconnected from its voltage supplies 24 V DC electronics supply and DC link mains voltage before the control and encoder leads are
196. er measure A138 Axis assignment of roll feed incorrect The NC block contains an axis number which is defined as a roll feed axis but the axis type is defined as an incremental or absolute position encoder machine data 1 1 or 2 M7 only not significant for the F01 technology option The NC block for a roll feed axis type machine data 1 3 contains No axis number X Y Z An incorrect axis number Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted Axis type 1 or 2 The block is not allowed to contain an axis number which is defined as a roll feed M7 only Axis type 3 The axis number of the roll feed must be specified in every NC block A139 Incorrect parameterization PosTrack MotorEnc Alarm is tripped only for rotary axis of motor encoder The bit width of the product of the gear denominator U810 2 P116 2 must not be greater than the difference of the 32 bit data width of the flipflop and the multiturn resolution of the encoder Example Torque motor with EQN1325 MT Multiturn resolution 12 P116 2 7 U810 2max 2 32 MT P116 2 U810 2max 149796 In accordance with the adjacent formula reduce the gear denominator of P116 and or U810 respectively A140 Following error in standstill The following error limit for standstill was exceeded at standstill Following error monitoring at standstill machine data 14 was entered incorrectly The value entered for
197. erating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up X103 Serial It is possible to connect either an OP1S or a PC with RS232 or RS485 interface serial interface via the 9 pole SUB D socket There are different oO 9 oa O O Q O00 D IN NOTICE X104 Control terminal strip N N N NNN 3 4 5 26 7 8 9 0 Q2 connecting cables for the PC for the various transmission protocols The 9 pole SUB D socket is internally coupled with the USS bus thus enabling data exchange with other nodes linked via the USS bus This interface is also used for loading software Pin Designation Meaning Range 1 RS232 ID Changeover to RS232 protocol Low active 2 RS232 RxD Receive data via RS232 RS232 3 RS485 P Data via RS485 interface RS485 4 Boot Control signal for software update Low active 5 M5 AUX Reference potential to PSV OV 6 P5V 5 V aux voltage supply 5 V max 200 mA 7 RS232 TxD Transmit data via RS232 RS232 8 RS485 N Data via RS485 interface RS485 9 M_RS232 485 Digital ground choked Table 7 9 Serial interface The RS485 interface can be operated either via X100 or X103 DDDDDDDD The control terminal strip includes a connection for a pulse generator HTL unipolar and the motor temperature evaluation circuit with KTY or PTC Terminal Designation Meaning Range 23 Vpp Ground for power supply 24 Track A Connection track A 25 Track B Connection track B HTL unipolar 26 Ze
198. erating display r000 If fault display is active For switching over to parameter number level If parameter value level is active For shifting the displayed value one digit to the right if parameter value cannot be displayed with 4 figures left hand figure flashes if there are any further invisible figures to the left Hold toggle key If parameter number level is active For jumping directly to and depress lower operating display r000 key If parameter value level is active For shifting the displayed value one digit to the left if the parameter value cannot be displayed with 4 figures right hand figure flashes if there are any further invisible figures to the right Table 8 4 Operator control elements of the PMU Compact PLUS type Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 19 Parameterization 09 2009 Toggle key As the PMU only has a four digit seven segment display the 3 P key descriptive elements of a parameter Parameter number Parameter index if the parameter is indexed and Parameter value cannot be displayed at the same time For this reason you have to switch between the individual descriptive elements by depressing the toggle key After the desired level has been selected adjustment can be made using the raise key or the lower key With the toggle key you can change Parameter number OVer e from th
199. erization Input in Motor order Speed Torque Current P099 number MPRD Nn rpm M Nm In A for future applications for future applications ewen son mee so AE 15 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400 500 500 6 Jee La s wen 59 5 Ier LI for future applications Table 8 5 Motor list 1FW3 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 45 Parameterization 08 2009 Asynchronous For 1PH7 1PH4 and 1PL6 motors the up to date calculation data motors have been stored in the unit These might differ from the rating plate 1PH7 1PL6 1PH4 slightly Always use the data stored The magnetization current is determined by automatic parameterization NOTE 1PH7xxx is the new designation of what were formerly 1PA6xxx motors The 1PH7xxx and 1PA6xxx data therefore tally Input in Motor order Pole pair Current Voltage Torque Frequency P097 number number I A Un V Mn Nm fn Hz MPRD ms se ar s x x 1PH7186 2 F EE 65 e freies e O on 2 Ba EUN EM E EA mp 9 EEN EEN NEM NEM Os NEM E EEM 1 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 39 36 32 26 50 48 46 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 46 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization Input in Motor order Pole SE Voltage Torque Frequen
200. ers See F051 for causes counter measures As a general rule it is necessary to initialize the starting position again gt power OFF ON or switch to the drive settings and back again A020 Encoder adjustment external encoder The amplitude of an external encoder lies in the critical range Cause remedies see F051 As a general rule it is necessary to initialize the starting position again gt power OFF ON or switch to the drive settings and back again A021 Encoder data of external multiturn encoder faulty A fault has occurred during processing of the serial protocol to an external code rotary encoder SSI or Endat Multiturn Faulty serial protocol in the case of an external multiturn encoder Cause remedies see F051 As a general rule it is necessary to initialize the starting position again gt power OFF ON or switch to the drive settings and back again A022 Inverter temperature The threshold for tripping an alarm has been exceeded Measure intake air and ambient temperature Observe derating curves at theta gt 45 C Compact PLUS or 40 C derating curves Check whether the fan is operating Check whether the air entry and discharge openings are restricted A023 Motor temperature The parameterizable threshold P380 for tripping an alarm has been exceeded Check the motor load ventilation etc Read off the current temperature in r009 Motor Tempera
201. erved We have checked the contents of this document to ensure that they coincide with the described hardware and software However differences cannot be completely excluded so that we do not accept any guarantee for complete conformance However the information in this document is regularly checked and necessary corrections will be included in subsequent editions We are grateful for any recommendations for improvement SIMOVERT Registered Trade Mark SIMOVERT ist ein Warenzeichen von Siemens 08 2008 Contents Contents 1 DEFINITIONS AND WARNINGS eese u 1 1 2 DESCRIPTION DP 2 1 3 TRANSPORT STORAGE UNPACKING 3 1 4 EIRST ST RT UP 2 2 2222 2 22a 4 1 5 INSTALLATION 22 22 22 22a u nude 5 1 5 1 Installing Kal 5 1 5 2 Installing the optional boarde AA 5 4 5 2 1 Installing optional boards on units with a width up to 90 mm 5 4 5 2 2 Installing optional boards on units with a width of 135 mm and 180 mm 5 8 6 INSTALLATION IN CONFORMANCE WITH EMC REGULATIONS 6 1 7 lee hldecim 7 1 7 1 Power connections a 7 5 7 4 1 Power connections for units with a width up to 90 mm 7 5 7 1 2 Power connections for units with a width of 135 mm and 180 mm 7 7 7 2 Co
202. exited Check the tachometer cables for interruptions Check the earthing of the tachometer shield The shield must be connected both on the motor and on the converter side The encoder cable must not be interrupted The encoder cable must not be laid with the power cables Only the recommended encoders should be used If there is a signal fault use the DTI board if necessary If required change P215 Additionally for synchronous motors P095 12 Do not grant inverter release until the motor is at standstill A044 too low Only for synchronous motors P095 12 in operation The difference smoothed with P159 between excitation current setpoint and actual value r160 r156 deviates from zero by more than 25 96 of the rated magnetizing current Only for synchronous motors P095 12 Check whether the current limitation of the excitation current control is too small whether the dynamic performance of the excitation current injection is too low whether the excitation current injection function is operating whether the wiring of excitation current actual value P155 is correct whether the wiring of excitation current setpoint r160 is correct whether there is a wire break between MASTERDRIVES and the excitation device whether the voltage limitation is too low for dynamic excitation current control whether the analog output for r160 takes place without is
203. f you change the value of a parameter this change generally becomes effective immediately It is only in the case of acknowledgement parameters marked in the parameter list by an asterisk 1 that the change does not become effective until you change over from the parameter value to the parameter number Parameter changes made using the PMU are always safely stored in the EEPROM protected in case of power failure once the toggle key has been depressed 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 6 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization Example The following example shows the individual operator control steps to be carried out on the PMU for a parameter reset to factory setting Set P053 to 0002 and grant parameter access via PMU a P x 2 s a A a P Select P060 a A v Set P060 to 0002 and select Fixed settings menu a P x As a P Select P970 a A y Set P970 to 0000 and start parameter reset By a ls a P x Ee Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 7 Parameterization 08 2009 8 3 Parameter input via the OP1S The operator control panel OP1S is an optional input output device which can be used for parameterizing and starting up the units Plain text displays greatly facilitate parameterization The OP1S has a non volatile memory and can permanently store complete sets of parameters It can therefore be used for archiving sets of
204. ffices and associated companies referred to as Siemens below cannot guarantee all the characteristics of a complete installation or machine that has not been designed by Siemens Siemens shall not be liable for recommendations that are made or implied as a result of the following description No new warranty or liability claims over and above those stated in the Siemens general delivery conditions can be inferred from the following description Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 15 Connecting up 08 2008 The safe stop option comprises the safety relay and the connecting terminals for relay triggering and a checkback contact 1 ae Terminal Designation Meaning Range 2 Er 3 H 1 Contact 1 Checkback safe stop DC 20 V 30 V 4 49 2 Contact 2 Checkback safe stop 1A X533 3 Control input Rated resistance of field coil DC 20 V 30 V safe stop 28230 10 at20 C max operating frequency 6 min 4 P24 DC Supply voltage safe stop DC 24 V 30 mA Connectable cross section 1 5 mm AWG 16 When installed terminal 4 is situated at the top front of the unit see Fig 7 1 to 7 3 Table 7 9 Terminal assignment for the safe stop option Exception On units gt 22 kW 6SE7024 7TP_O 6SE7026 0TP 0 6SE7027 2TP 0 terminal 1 is at the top front when installed see Fig 7 1 to 7 3 The field coil of the safety relay is connected at one end to the grounded electronics frame
205. for one parameter to belong to several menus The parameter list indicates which individual menus a parameter belongs to Assignment is effected via the menu number allocated to each menu Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 1 Parameterization 09 2009 Menu level 1 Select via P60 Menu Select Menu level 2 only on OP1S Menu level 3 only on OP1S P60 User parameters General parameters SCom1 SCom2 Terminals Field bus interfaces Parameter menu Communication SIMOLINK Control and status words SCB SCI Setpoint channel Motor encoder Motor data Encoder data Quick parameterization Control gating unit Position control Board configuration Speed control Sequence control Drive setting Download V f open loop control Gating unit Diagnostics Faults alarms Upread free access Messages displays Functions Power section definition Trace Releases Basic positioner 1 Fig 8 1 Synchronism 1 Free blocks Positioning 1 Technology 1 Setting up MDI 1 P359 Lock Parameter menus Current co
206. forming The following applies for the above example Manufacture took place in December 2006 During forming a defined voltage and a limited current are applied to the DC link capacitors and the internal conditions necessary for the function of the DC link capacitors are restored again Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 11 1 Forming 09 2009 Components for the forming circuit suggestion DANGER Procedure 3AC 400 V IIl PE Motor connection Disconnect Inverter DC link Fig 11 1 Forming circuit 1fuse switch triple 400 V 10A 3 incandescent lamps 230 V 100 W Various small parts e g lamp holders 1 5 mm cable etc The unit has hazardous voltage levels up to 5 minutes after it has been powered down due to the DC link capacitors The unit or the DC link terminals must not be worked on until at least after this delay time Before you form the DC link capacitors the unit or the front and middle bar of the DC link bus module have to be removed C L and D L When the unit has been removed connect PE2 to earth Installed units are earthed through the bar connection PE3 The unit is not permitted to receive a switch on command e g via the keyboard of the PMU or the terminal strip The incandescent lamps must burn darker extinguish during the course of forming If the lamps continue to burn this indic
207. fter inserting the side wall that the fixing lugs mounted at the top and bottom of the side wall are on the outside Screw the side wall tight again by means of the four fixing screws Place the unit on its rear wall Press the front panel from above onto the now closed unit so that you can hear its latches engaging Mount the unit as follows Insert the unit into its mounting position from the front underneath the DC link bus module Lift the unit upwards until the DC link bus module is completely in its original position again Screw the unit tight to the mounting surface with the fixing screws Interlock the DC bus module Re connect all previously removed connecting cables Check all connecting cables and the shield to make sure they sit properly and are in the correct position To designate the optional board insert the relevant designation plate into the envisaged position on the front of the unit After powering up the voltage you can log on the optional boards in the software of the unit and commence start up Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 7 Installation 08 2009 5 2 2 Installing optional boards on units with a width of 135 mm and 180 mm Disconnect unit from power supply DANGER Disconnect the rectifier unit or the converter from the power supply and switch OFF the unit Remove the 24V power supply for the electronics Take off
208. g conductor must be twisted or the surface between the outgoing and incoming conductors kept as small as possible in order to prevent unnecessary coupling effects Rule 5 Eliminate any unnecessary cable lengths to keep coupling capacitances and inductances low Rule 6 Connect the reserve cables conductors to ground at both ends to achieve an additional shielding effect Rule 7 In general it is possible to reduce the noise being coupled in by routing cables close to grounded cabinet panels For this reason the wiring should not be installed freely in the cabinet but should be routed close to the mounting plate The same applies for reserve cables conductors Rule 8 Tachometers encoders or resolvers must be connected through a shielded cable The shield must be connected to the tachometer encoder or resolver and at the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES through a large surface area The shield must not be interrupted e g using intermediate terminals Pre assembled cables with multiple shields should be used for encoders and resolvers see Catalog DA65 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 6 1 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations 02 2008 Rule 9 Rule 10 Rule 11 Rule 12 Rule 13 Rule 14 The cable shields of digital signal cables must be connected to ground at both ends transmitter and receiver through the largest possible surface area If the equipotential bonding is poor between the
209. g coupled in through the supply SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES and automation units control electronics should be connected up to different supply networks If there is only one common network the automation units control electronics have to be de coupled from the supply using an isolating transformer The use of a radio interference suppression filter is obligatory to maintain limit value class First environment or Second environment even if sinusoidal filters or dv dt filters are installed between the motor and SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Whether an additional filter has to be installed for further consumers depends on the control used and the wiring of the remaining cabinet 6 2 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations Rule 15 Rule 16 Rule 17 Rule 18 Rule 19 Rule 20 A noise suppression filter should always be placed close to the fault source The filter should be connected to the mounting plate etc over a large surface area A bare metal mounting panel e g manufactured from stainless steel galvanized steel is best as electrical contact is established through the entire mounting surface If the mounting panel is painted the paint has to be removed at the screw mounting points for the frequency converter and the noise suppression filter to ensure good electrical contact To limit the interference emission the cables between
210. he block search function does not exist Effect NC program execution is inhibited Specify an existing main program number A178 Program number of block search forward not allowed The program number for the main program level 0 which was transferred with block search is different from the selected program number No breakpoint is known for the automatic block search function a program abort has not yet occurred A different program number is stored as the breakpoint for the automatic block search function Effect NC program execution is inhibited For the block search function the selected program number PROG_NO must be specified as the program number for the main program A179 Prog No of block srch fwd level 1 2 does not exist The subprogram number specified with block search for level 1 or level 2 does not exist Effect NC program execution is inhibited For the block search function an existing program number must be specified as the subprogram number for level 1 or level 2 A180 Prog no of block search forward level 1 cmd The subprogram number transferred with block search for level 1 is not the same as the subprogram number in the NC block Effect NC program execution is inhibited For the block search function the subprogram number specified in the NC block must be specified as the subprogram number for level 1 A181 Prog no of block
211. he fault values of the phases concerned is the resulting fault value Check the converter output for short circuit or earth fault Check the load for an overload condition Check whether motor and converter are correctly matched Check whether the dynamic requirements are too high Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 1 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F015 Motor is blocked overloaded current control Reduce the load or has stalled v f characteristic Release the brake Motor blocked Increase current limits Static load is too high Increase P805 Blocking Time Increase the response threshold for the The fault is not generated until after the time permissible deviation P792 entered in P805 Increase torque limits or torque setpoint Check connection of motor phases including Binector B0156 is set in status word 2 r553 correct phase assignment sequence Bit 28 v f characteristic only Whether the drive is blocked or not can be Reduce rate of acceleration detected at P792 Perm Deviation and P794 Check characteristic setting P806 enables detection to be limited to at standstill P806 1 only for current control or to be completely de activated P806 2 In the case of current control the precondition for this fault is that the torque limits B0234 have been reached In the case of slave
212. he performance of their functions 2 Intended use Drive converters are components designed for inclusion in electrical installations or machinery In case of installation in machinery commissioning of the drive converter i e the starting of normal operation is prohibited until the machinery has been proved to conform to the provisions of the directive 98 37 EG Machinery Safety Directive MSD Account is to be taken of EN 60204 Commissioning i e the starting of normal opertion is admissible only where conformity with the EMC directive 89 336 EEC has been established The drive converters meet the requirements of the low voltage directive 73 23 EEC They are subject to the harmonized standards of the series EN 50178 DIN VDE 0160 in conjunction with EN 60439 1 DIN VDE 0660 part 500 and EN 60146 VDE 0558 The technical data as well as information concerning the supply conditions shall be taken from the rating plate and from the documentation and shall be strictly observed 3 Transport storage The instructions for transport storage and proper use shall be complied with The climatic conditions shall be in conformity with EN 50178 4 Installation The installation and cooling of the appliances shall be in accordance with the specifications in the pertinent documentation The drive converters shall be protected against excessive strains In particular no components must be bent or isolating distances
213. he transistor modules A100 A200 A300 for short circuit 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 13 12 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F101 GRND UCE During the ground fault test the UCE monitoring has responded in a phase in which no valve has been triggered Check valves in the power section for short circuit and on converters with fiber optic gating check the gating unit wiring and the UCE checkbacks for correct assignment R376 can be interrogated to indicate which UCE monitoring has responded F102 GRND Phase During the ground fault test a current flows in a phase in which no valve has been triggered or the UCE monitoring has responded in the phase in which the valve has been triggered The fault value can be read out from r949 The digit of the xth position indicates the valve where the fault occurred at power up XOOO x 1 V x 2 V x 3 U x 4 U x 5 W x 6 W The figure of the xth digit indicates the phase in which is 0 and thus a valve must be defective always conductive OOOX x 1 Phase 1 U x 3 Phase 3 W x 24 Phase 1 U or 3 W Examine phase for defective valves always conductive F103 Ground fault There is a ground fault or a fault in the power section During the ground fault test a current flows from the phase in which a valve has been triggered the overcurrent compa
214. hed the setpoint within 3 secs Check voltage connection AC or DC Unit dependent Check fuses Compare value in P070 and unit MLFB F006 DC link overvoltage Due to excessive DC link voltage shutdown has occurred The rated value of the shutdown threshold is 819 V Due to component tolerances shutdown can take place in the range from 803 V to 835 V In the fault value the DC link voltage upon occurence of the fault is indicated normalization OX7FFF corresponds to 1000V Check the line voltage AC AC or the input direct voltage DC AC Compare value with P071 Line Volts F008 DC link undervoltage The lower limit value of 7696 of the DC link voltage has been fallen short of In the fault value the DC link voltage upon occurence of the fault is indicated normalization Ox7FFF corresponds to 1000V Check the line voltage AC AC or the input direct voltage DC AC Compare value with P071 Line Volts Check input rectifier AC AC Check DC link F011 Overcurrent not Compact PLUS Overcurrent shutdown has occurred The shutdown threshold has been exceeded The phase in which an overcurrent has occurred is indicated in a bit coded manner in the fault value see P949 Phase U gt Bit 0 1 gt fault value 1 Phase V gt Bit 1 1 gt fault value 2 Phase W gt Bit 2 1 gt fault value 4 If an overcurrent occurs simultaneously in several phases the total of t
215. hese are for example EMF Directive 2004 40 EEC and standards EN 12198 1 to 3 pertinent to the European Economic Area EEA as well as accident prevention code BGV 11 and the associated rule BGR 11 Electromagnetic fields of the German employer s liability accident insurance association pertinent to Germany These state that a hazard analysis must be drawn up for every workplace from which measures for reducing dangers and their impact on persons are derived and applied and exposure and danger zones are defined and observed The safety information in the Storage Transport Installation Commissioning Operation Maintenance Disassembly and Disposal sections must also be taken into account 1 6 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2005 Description 2 Description Range of application The inverter is a power electronics component for feeding highly dynamic three phase drives in the output range from 0 75 kW to 37 kW The unit can be operated from a DC system with voltages from 510 V to 650 V The inverter enables a three phase system with a variable output frequency between 0 Hz and 400 Hz to be generated from the DC link voltage with the pulse width modulation method PWM The unit is controlled by the internal closed loop control electronics which consists of a microprocessor and a digital signal processor DSP The functions are provided by the unit software The unit c
216. hich the unit is fixed to the mounting surface Pull the unit down until the DC link bus module is completely exposed Pull the unit out towards you Lay the unit on its left side Opening the unit Unscrew the four fixing screws of the right hand side wall The fixing screws are on the unit at the top on the right and at the bottom on the right You do not have to remove the four fixing screws completely as the wall of the unit is provided with a cutout to enable you to swing out the cover once the screws have been loosened Open the right hand side wall To open the side wall use a slotted screwdriver to lever out the front panel from its latches The front panel only has to be loosened on one side of the side wall and can stay on the unit housing Now the side wall can be removed upwards Removing the slot Remove the cover of the selected slot on the front panel Cover To do so you must carefully cut through the four connecting points of the cover on the front panel with a thin knife 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 5 4 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Installation Fixing screw for side cover Designation plates for the optional boards Fixing screw for side cover Fig 5 4 Position of the fixing screws on the right hand side wall Slots for optional boards Rear wall c G a o z o S Ka ke E bal p E D aa
217. imate 3K3 Chemically active substances 3C1 Pollution degree 2 to IEC 664 1 DIN VDE 0110 Part 1 Moisture condensation during operation is not permissible Category Ill to IEC 664 1 DIN VDE 0110 Part 2 IP20 EN 60529 Protection class Class 1 to EN 536 DIN VDE 0106 Part 1 Shock hazard protection EN 60204 1 and to DIN VDE 0106 Part 100 BGV A3 Radio interference level e Standard e Options According to EN 61800 3 No radio interference suppression Radio interference suppression filter for class A1 to EN 55011 Industrial sector to EN 61800 3 Indoor duty Miscellaneous The devices are ground fault protected short circuit proof and idling proof on the motor side Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 11 1 Technical Data 08 2008 Mechanical strength Vibration According to DIN IEC 68 2 6 During stationary duty const amplitude e deflection 0 15 mm in frequency range 10 Hz to 58 Hz housing width lt 90 mm 0 075 mm in frequency range 10 Hz to 58 Hz housing width 2 135 mm e acceleration 19 6 m s in frequency range 58 Hz to 500 Hz housing width lt 90 mm 9 8 m s in frequency range 58 Hz to 500 Hz housing width 2 135 mm During transport e deflection 3 5 mm in frequency range 5 Hz to 9 Hz e accleration 9 8 m s in frequency range 9 Hz to 500 Hz Shocks According to DIN IEC 68 2 27 08 89 30 g 16 ms half sine shock Drop According to DIN IEC 68 2
218. inery guideline 1 Undesired movements of driven machine components during commissioning operation maintenance and repair e g as a result of e HW and or SW errors in the sensors controller actuators and connection system e Reaction times of the controller and the drive e Operation and or ambient conditions not compliant with the specification e Errors in parameterization programming wiring and installation e Use of radio units mobile phones in the direct vicinity of the controller e External influences damage 2 Extraordinary temperatures and emissions of light noises particles and gases e g as a result of e Component failure e Software errors e Operation and or ambient conditions not compliant with the specification e External influences damage 3 Dangerous contact voltages e g as a result of e Component failure e Influence upon electrostatic charging e Induction of voltages in the case of moving motors e Operation and or ambient conditions not compliant with the specification e Condensation conductive contamination e External influences damage 4 Operational electrical magnetic and electromagnetic fields that may pose a risk to people with a pacemaker implants or metallic items if they are too close 5 Release of pollutants and emissions if components are not operated or disposed of properly For additional information on the residual risks emanating from the components of the PDS please refer to the relevant chapters
219. ing incremented The communication between the CBP and the basic board is disturbed See operating instructions of the CB board A087 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see the operating instructions for the CB board Fault in the DPS manager software of the CBP See operating instructions of the CB board A088 CB alarm See user manual for CB board See user manual for CB board A089 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A81 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board A090 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A82 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board A091 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A83 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board A092 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A84 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board A093 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A85 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board A094 CB alarm See user manual for CB board Alarm of the 2nd CB board corresponds to A86 of the 1st CB board See user manual for CB board A095 CB alarm Alarm of the 2nd CB board Corresponds to A87 of the 1st CB board See oper
220. ing the corresponding download file via the File 2 Open menu function The last four drives can be opened via Parameter sets last dealt with When you create a new drive the window Drive Properties Fig 8 8 opens Here you must enter the following data In dropdown list box Device type select the type of device e g MASTERDRIVES MC You can only select the devices stored In dropdown list box Device version you can select the software version of the device You can generate databases for new software versions that are not listed when you start online parameterization You must only specify the bus address of the drive during online operation switchover with button Online Offline 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 8 10 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization NOTE The specified bus address must be the same as that of the parameterized SST bus address in SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES P700 No bus address is assigned to the drive with the button Disconnect network connection NOTE Field Number of PCD has no special significance for the parameterization of MASTERDRIVES and should be left at 2 If the value is changed it must be remain ensured that the setting value in the program matches the value in parameter P703 of the drive at all times Drive Properties Unk type MASTERDRIVES VC CUVC Short Type Unit version Technology Type No technology type w Bus A
221. ion 8 2 Changeability of parameters The parameters stored in the units can only be changed under certain conditions The following preconditions must be satisfied before parameters can be changed mewwwow Romane Either a function parameter or a BICO Visualization parameters parameter must be involved identified identified by lower case letters by upper case letters in the parameter in the parameter number number cannot be changed Parameter access must be granted for Release is given in P053 the source from which the parameters Parameter access are to be changed A menu must be selected in which the The menu assignment is parameter to be changed is contained indicated in the parameter list for every parameter The unit must be in a status which The statuses in which it is permits parameters to be changed possible to change parameters are specified in the parameter list Table 8 2 Preconditions for being able to change parameters NOTE The current status of the units can be interrogated in parameter r001 Examples Status r001 Iesel FR Ready for ON 09 P222 Src n act can only be changed via the PMU Ready for ON 09 P222 Src n act can be changed via the PMU and SCom1 e g OP1S the drive status Operation 14 ES P222 Src n act cannot be changed on account of Table 8 3 Influence of drive status r001 and parameter access P053 on the changeability of a parameter
222. ited Sync error after successful synchronization A071 An attempt has been made to start Insert the TSY board in the subrack synchronization with either the synchronizing tSY missing board not inserted or not parameterized A075 The measured values of the leakage Usually the leakage reactance P122 is the measurement or of rotor resistance deviate average value resulting from the measured Ls Rr Dev significantly values in r546 1 12 and the rotor resistance r126 from the values in r542 1 3 If individual measured values significantly deviate from the average values they are automatically not taken into account for the calculation for RI or the value of the automatic parameterization remains for Ls It is only necessary to check the results for their plausibility in the case of drives with high requirements on torque or speed accuracy A076 The determined compensation time was Converter output and motor output are too limited to the value range of 0 5 us 1 5 us different t comp lim Check motor data input P095 to P109 A077 The measured resistance has been limited to Converter output and motor output are too the maximum value of 49 different r g limit Check motor data input P095 to P109 A078 The standstill measurement is executed when If the standstill measurement can be executed Stands Meas the converter is powered up The motor can align itself several times in a certain direction with this measurement without any
223. ived by the TB or the CB within the telegram failure time Fault value r949 1 TB CB 2 additional CB Check the connection to TB CB Check P722 CB TB TIgOFF Replace CB or TB F085 Add CB initialization fault A fault has occurred during initialization of the CB board Fault value r949 1 Board code incorrect 2 TB CB board not compatible 3 CB board not compatible 5 Error in configuration data 6 Initialization timeout 7 TB CB board double 10 Channel error Check the T300 CB board for correct contacting and check the CB initialization parameters P918 02 CB Bus Address P711 02 to P721 02 CB Parameters 1 to 11 F087 SIMOLINK initialization A fault has occurred during initialization of the SLB board Replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS type fault Replace SLB F090 An error occurred when attempting to change Power down and power up again If it a parameter from the standstill measurement reoccurs replace CU A10 or replace the Mid Param or the rotating measurement Mot ID unit Compact PLUS type F091 The rotating measurement takes longer than Eliminate the cause and re start the programmed in a measured status The measurement power up the converter again Mid Time relevant measuring interval is encrypted in If it re occurs replace CU A10 or replace parameter r949 Possible causes the unit Compact PLUS type Load to
224. ividual menus a parameter belongs to Assignment is effected via the menu number allocated to each menu Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 1 Parameterization 08 2009 Menu level 1 Select via P60 Menu Select Menu level 2 only on OP1S Menu level 3 only on OP1S P60 User parameters Parameter menu Quick parameterization Board configuration Drive setting Download Upread free access Power section definition Fig 8 1 General parameters SCom1 SCom2 Terminals Field bus interfaces Communication SIMOLINK Control and status words SCB SCI Setpoint channel Motor encoder Motor data Encoder data Control gating unit Position control Speed control Sequence control V f open loop control Gating unit Diagnostics Faults alarms Messages displays Functions Trace Releases Basic positioner Synchronism Free blocks Positioning Technology Setting up MDI P358 Key P359 Lock Parameter menus Current control i By entering a password in P359 access to the menus in the gra
225. izat A026 Ud is above the continuously permissible DC link voltage for more than 30sec in a time Ud too high interval of 90sec A029 The parameterized limit value for the I2t Motor load cycle is exceeded monitoring of the motor has been exceeded I2t motor Check the parameters P382 Motor Cooling P383 Mot Tmp T1 P384 Mot Load Limits A033 Bit 3 in r553 status word 2 of the septoint P804 Overspeed Hys plus channel The speed actual value has Overspeed exceeded the value of maximum speed plus P452 n f max FWD Spd or the set hysteresis P453 n f max REV Spd has been exceeded Increase the parameter for the maximum frequencies or reduce the regenerative load A034 Bit 8 in r552 status word 1 of the setpoint Check Setpoint actual value deviation channel The difference between freqeuncy setpoint actual value is greater than the parameterized value and the control monitoring time has elapsed whether an excessive torque requirement is present whether the motor has been dimensioned too small Increase values P792 Perm Deviation Fro set actual DevSpeed and P794 Deviation Time A035 The clockwise and or the counter clockwise Check whether cable s to the corresponding rotating field is not enabled or a wire digital input s P572 Src FWD Spd P571 Src Wire break breakage is present in the terminal wiring REV Spd is are interrupted or released both control word bits are zero Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVER
226. ization operator control and visualization of the converters and inverters directly on the unit itself It is an integral part of the basic units It has a four digit seven segment display and several keys Seven segment display for PA drive statuses anno uui H H H H Alarms and faults A495 For Parameter numbers P DEE ET e E S pie E A PGG ugnn KAGO 000 Lower key P idi NC tr aj ter indices ni Toggle key P VW SE UD Parameter values 5 o in EEN Fig 8 2 Toggle key Hold toggle key Hold toggle key and press lower key Table 8 2 PMU parameterizing unit nemen Fw For switching between parameter number parameter index and parameter value in the sequence indicated command becomes effective when the key is released If fault display is active Acknowledge the fault For increasing the displayed value Short press single step increase Long press rapid increase For lowering the displayed value Short press single step decrease Long press rapid decrease If parameter number level is active For jumping back and forth between the last selected parameter number and the operating display r000 If fault display is active For switching over to parameter number level If parameter value level is active For shifting the displayed value one digit to the right if parameter value cannot be displayed with
227. ization of timeout Check parameterization P149 Check encoder cable faulty torn off Encoder cable shield connected Encoder faulty Replace SBR SBM Replace unit or basic board Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 5 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Fault Cause Counter measure 34 Address wrong only EnDat Writing or reading of parameters not successful check address and MRS code P149 35 The difference between the serial protocol and the pulse counter is greater than OXFFFF 2 16 A possible fault may be a jump in the serial protocol The fault can only be generated if an absolute encoder with incremental tracks P149 01 06 X1XX and multiturn portion is concerned EnDat 40 Alarm lighting EnDat encoder 41 Alarm signal amplitude EnDat encoder 42 Alarm position value EnDat encoder 43 Alarm overvoltage EnDat encoder 44 Alarm undervoltage EnDat encoder 45 Alarm overcurrent EnDat encoder 46 Alarm battery failure EnDat encoder 49 Alarm check sum error EnDat encoder 60 SSI protocol faulty see P143 100th position Oxx Motor encoder faulty 1xx External encoder faulty 1000th position from V1 50 1xxx Frequency exceeded EnDat encoder 2xxx Temperature EnDat encoder 3xxx Control reserve light EnDat encoder 4xxx Battery charge EnDat encoder 5xxx Home point not reached F054
228. jeq eazd 1 pom ejeg Lazd MAd oe MAd piom eyeq Laod L AS 0 St L sagpyooorgu9ggP gsog 5Sgemor s2o0oSas39 0 2g vo amp 83bgvp9dozgs3 Sg ELLI ES nS FLAG ES o 229259209 98g 22 z S Sie Se Oo 40 9090 5525S 9 222689 Fog Faaa oco o 222398 5 gt a E 2 D oz 1994S 372 pJoM OCL julodjes uren DJOM 01 U00 eel LPIOM OCL Dou snyeis s eoos ig gus Woy jeu L ever L p om SEO zazd 1 puom eed Lazd n Jo suojnejedo e1JM 10 paniesay Nod se Md ejep Jejeurejed jo suonejedo peal 10 pan asay ejep 19jeurejed P d 9AI929H yusueJL N Senje Jene 1IuSUeJ sez 1 1994S 10 816d d ooz 0 sseJppy sng g9 Buuojuoul ON 07 LO ZZZd 4 01 102224 sw 0059 0 440511 81 35 GO 01 L0 L24d one d sesso 0 n6yuoo LL dajaweseg go g9 L0 OZZd d SE SS9 0 0L 40 oureJed go LOL d gessg 0 Jojoweled gO go L SngldOtid 994N0S PUEWUIOO pue jJUlodjas 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Siemens AG 8 37 Operating Instructions Parameterization 08 2009 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 38 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization 8 8 Motor lists Synchronous motors 1FK6 1FK7 1FT6 1FS6 NOTE 1FK7xxx HD High Dynamic P096 82 92 are new AC servo motors based on the 1FK6 series The data of 1FK
229. l 23 Motor temperature x Feu Hinton No FautTet Faut FautTime About 153 Request master control enable 0000 0000 0017 No FadkTet Faut FautTime About 2 153 Request master control enable 0 0000 0000 0017 3 2 Pre charging fault 1 0000 0000 0017 Operat Hours fT d rof h Ta DC Bus Volts 541 V Firmwareversion M220 Output Amps 13 9 A CalcTimeHdroom Pr Motor Torque F Drive Temp 300 ZE Motor Temperat 85 C Drive Utiizat pi nfact 800 min Extended Diagnostics Fig 8 15 General diagnostics Via the Extended Diagnostics button you can reach the next diagnostics window Extended Diagnostics Graphic Diagnostics Bus Diagnostics Trace Function Cross Reference E Cross Reference Binectors gt Connectors f Abbrechen Fig 8 16 Extended diagnostics Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 23 Parameterization 08 2009 8 5 Parameter reset to factory setting The factory setting is the defined initial state of all parameters of a unit The units are delivered with this setting You can restore this initial state at any time by resetting the parameters to the factory setting thus canceling all parameter changes made since the unit was delivered P053 6 P060 2 P366 P970 0 Unit carries out parameter reset and then leaves the Fixed settings
230. l circuit r949 30 i HW version of ImPI isnot compatible The relevant slave number is contained in i R949 40 Number of slaves does not tally with the setpoint number of slaves of the unit R949 50 i Inconsistency in the number of slaves The number of slaves notified by the ImPI is not in conformance with the number of status words or with the setpoint number of slaves of the MLFB Counter measure Check ImPI or communications card and replace if necessary Check configuration of multi parallel circuit Check parameterization Replace CU Replace ImPI F065 Scom Telegram No telegram was received at an Scom interface Scom USS protocol within the telegram failure time Fault value r949 1 interface 1 SCom1 2 interface 2 SCom2 Check the connection CU X100 1 to 5 and check the connection PMU X300 Check the connection CU X103 or X100 35 36 Compact PLUS type Check SCom SCB TLG OFF P704 01 SCom1 and P704 02 SCom2 Replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 6SE7087 6KP60 Operating Instructions 13 9 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F070 SCB initialization fault A fault has occurred during initialization of the SCB board Fault value r949 1 Board code incorrect 2 SCB board not compatible 5 Error in configurati
231. l to IEC 664 1 DIN VDE 0110 Part 2 IP20 EN 60529 Protection class Class 1 to EN 536 DIN VDE 0106 Part 1 Shock hazard protection EN 60204 1 and to DIN VDE 0106 Part 100 BGV A3 Radio interference level e Standard e Options According to EN 61800 3 No radio interference suppression Radio interference suppression filter for class A1 to EN 55011 Industrial sector to EN 61800 3 Indoor duty Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 1 Technical Data 08 2008 Mechanical strength Vibration According to DIN IEC 68 2 6 During stationary duty const amplitude e deflection 0 15 mm in frequency range 10 Hz to 58 Hz housing width x 90 mm 0 075 mm in frequency range 10 Hz to 58 Hz housing width 2 135 mm e acceleration 19 6 m s in frequency range 58 Hz to 500 Hz housing width lt 90 mm 9 8 m s in frequency range 58 Hz to 500 Hz housing width 2 135 mm During transport e deflection 3 5 mm in frequency range 5 Hz to 9 Hz e accleration 9 8 m s in frequency range 9 Hz to 500 Hz Shocks According to DIN IEC 68 2 27 08 89 30 g 16 ms half sine shock Drop According to DIN IEC 68 2 31 04 84 onto a surface and onto an edge Table 12 1 General data 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 12 2 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Technical Data Order No EET 12 0TP O0 14 0TP O0 16 0TP 0 21 0TP 0 21 3TP 0 Rated voltage e Input DC 510 15 to 650
232. lace of manufacture 3 X 2009 A 2010 B 2011 C 2012 D 2013 E 2014 F 2015 4 1 to9 January to September O October N November D December 5 to 10 Not relevant for forming The following applies for the above example Manufacture took place in December 2006 During forming a defined voltage and a limited current are applied to the DC link capacitors and the internal conditions necessary for the function of the DC link capacitors are restored again Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 10 1 Forming 08 2009 Components for the forming circuit suggestion DANGER Procedure 3AC 400 V IIl PE Motor connection Disconnect Inverter DC link Fig 10 1 Forming circuit 1 fuse switch triple 400 V 10A 3 incandescent lamps 230 V 100 W Various small parts e g lamp holders 1 5 mm cable etc The unit has hazardous voltage levels up to 5 minutes after it has been powered down due to the DC link capacitors The unit or the DC link terminals must not be worked on until at least after this delay time Before you form the DC link capacitors the unit or the front and middle bar of the DC link bus module have to be removed C L and D L When the unit has been removed connect PE2 to earth Installed units are earthed through the bar connection PES The unit is not permitted to receive a switch on command e g via the keyboa
233. ler 18 Ramp function generator stopped Eliminate cause 22 Inverter inhibit Check inverter release P561 F097 Mid meausred value The measured values for the nominal ramp up time when optimizing the controller deviate too greatly Cause very unsteady load torque If necessary increase the torque limit values to 100 percent F098 The rotating measurement has detected a fault The fault value in r949 defines the type of in the speed actual value signal The fault intervention Mid Tachof value defines the type of fault 4 No speed signal present The fault measurement may have been 5 Sign of the signal is incorrect erroneously generated if the drive speed is 6 A track signal is missing externally forced e g completely locked drive 7 Incorrect gain generates the no signal message 8 Incorrect pulse number Checking the measurement cables Checking the parameters P130 Src Speed ActV P1151 Encoder Pulse F100 During the ground fault test a current not The cause of the fault can be read out from equal to zero has been measured or an UCE r376 GrdFItTestResult GRND Init or overcurrent monitoring has responded although no value has yet been triggered Check the converter output for short circuit or ground fault X2 U2 V2 W2 including motor Check that the CU is inserted correctly Sizes 1 and 2 Check the transistor modules on the PEU board A23 for short circuit Size 3 and 4 Check t
234. lete functionality of the inverter converter parameterization must be carried out in accordance with the Compendium You will find the relevant instructions function diagrams and complete lists of parameters binectors and connectors in the Compendium English 6SE7087 6QX70 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 49 08 2008 Maintenance 9 Maintenance DANGER SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES units are operated at high voltages All work carried out on or with the equipment must conform to all the national electrical codes BGV A3 in Germany Maintenance and repair work may only be carried out by properly qualified personnel and only when the equipment is disconnected from the power supply Only spare parts authorized by the manufacturer may be used The prescribed maintenance intervals and also the instructions for repair and replacement must be complied with Hazardous voltages are still present in the drive units up to 5 minutes after the converter has been powered down due to the DC link capacitors Thus the unit or the DC link terminals must not be worked on until at least after this delay time The power terminals and control terminals can still be at hazardous voltage levels even when the motor is stationary 9 1 Replacing the fan A fan is mounted at the lower section of the inverter for cooling the power section The fan is fed by the 24 V supply voltage and switched i
235. ll feed version Automatic single block mode Define a legal 1st G function according to the table see the Programming Guide A204 2nd G function not allowed The NC block which was read in contains an illegal 2nd G function The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect The axis movement is inhibited or stopped via the deceleration ramp MDI mode Only G30 to G39 acceleration override can be entered as the 2nd G function Automatic single block mode Define a legal 2nd G function according to the table see the Programming Guide A205 3rd G function not allowed The NC block which was read in contains an illegal 3rd G function The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect The axis movement is inhibited or stopped via the deceleration ramp MDI mode No 3rd G function is allowed Automatic single block mode Define a legal 3rd G function according to the table see the Programming Guide Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 29 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A206 4th G function not allowed The NC block which
236. ly connected for analog signals at one end at the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES The other end of the shield should be grounded through a capacitor e g 10 nF 100 V type MKT However the shield is still connected at both ends to ground for high frequency as a result of the capacitor If possible the signal cables should only enter the cabinet at one side If SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES are operated from an external 24 V power supply this power supply must not feed several consumers separately installed in various cabinets hum can be coupled in The optimum solution is for each SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVE to have its own power supply Prevent noise from being coupled in through the supply SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES and automation units control electronics should be connected up to different supply networks If there is only one common network the automation units control electronics have to be de coupled from the supply using an isolating transformer The use of a radio interference suppression filter is obligatory to maintain limit value class First environment or Second environment even if sinusoidal filters or dv dt filters are installed between the motor and SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Whether an additional filter has to be installed for further consumers depends on the control used and the wiring of the remaining cabinet 6 2 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Installation in Conformance with EMC
237. m1 e g DriveMonitor as lt s o REZ S ZC ee g S e o E os S Se 22 e o S 55 SCHEECK Se 225 oi ge n SSS SEKR m C m 25 OQ amp D lt Q O a O m 1 1 15 0 Status word 1 X100 35 asaasp A reu Me q PW PKW Data word 1 Data word 2 4 T Actual value ransmit Baud rate 2 9 6 KB M X100 360 RS485N Receive 5 Setpoint Tig failure PKW PKW Data word 1 ata word 2 time 0 Control word 1 none 15 0 Proposal ololol J lolo ENE 1 1 ZS D oO O O G N O OO t o o m D EEEKEEEEEEECEEFER az o 2288 ag ae ez HH oo gt 00 333 8 z Z e g e O e o 6mgec N Sgr ZS E u lt m9 o E e Siemens AG 68E7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 35 Parameterization 08 2009 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 36 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Parameterization 08 2009 Setpoint and command source PROFIBUS 1 CB 0991 Pom 01 U09 ney jeuie1x3 og 1 1eeus o1 THE Jemo 91 Leon s V vZSd pdg Bon ask A ES eben te g rusa 6018 8 reos sore g pds Sod IS eDpejwouxoy zus l 9018 8 core a Spoo Au 91 RHE TRS V L d doso 6440 L n Gorela t sss 0018 g _ Uvssd 2440 1948 LHH3O NO AS C suam C oozes lt mo L p om e
238. minal For cross sections and leads see catalog Motion Control SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES MC or IEC 60 204 1 1997 1998 Combinations of units For simple configuration of multi axis drives one or several Compact PLUS DC AC inverters can be fed from the DC link of the Compact PLUS AC AC converters The total drive power of the inverters must not exceed the drive power of the converter A simultaneity factor of 0 8 applies here For example a 4 kW inverter and a 1 5 kW inverter can be connected to a converter with a drive power of 5 5 kW by a common DC bus The line side components are rated according to the total power of all converters and inverters In the case of a multi axis drive from one 5 5 kW converter one 4 kW inverter and one 1 5 kW inverter the line side components must be rated for an 11 kW converter If the total power does not exactly equal that of one converter then the line side components must be dimensioned according to the next higher converter power If more than two inverters are connected to the DC bus of a converter an external DC 24 V supply must be provided for these inverters Only one further inverter can be connected to the 24 V voltage output in the case of a converter with a housing width of 45 mm Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 19 08 2009 Parameterization NOTE WARNING 8 1 Parameterization It is possible to parameteri
239. mmended or approved by Siemens Proper transport storage installation assembly commissioning operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems The permissible ambient conditions must be adhered to The information in the relevant documentation must be observed 1 2 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Definitions and Warnings CAUTION Components which can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge ESD The board contains components which can be destroyed by electrostatic discharge These components can be easily destroyed if not carefully handled If you have to handle electronic boards please observe the following Electronic boards should only be touched when absolutely necessary The human body must be electrically discharged before touching an electronic board Boards must not come into contact with highly insulating materials e g plastic parts insulated desktops articles of clothing manufactured from man made fibers Boards must only be placed on conductive surfaces Boards and components should only be stored and transported in conductive packaging e g metalized plastic boxes or metal containers If the packing material is not conductive the boards must be wrapped with a conductive packaging material e g conductive foam rubber or household aluminium foil The necessary ESD protective measures are
240. mpling Time or Reduce P340 Pulse Frequency A002 SIMOLINK start alarm Start of the SIMOLINK ring is not functioning Check the fiber optic cable ring for interruptions Check whether there is an SLB without voltage in the ring Check whether there is a faulty SLB in the ring A014 Simulation active alarm The DC link voltage is not equal to 0 when the simulation mode is selected P372 1 Set P372 to 0 Reduce DC link voltage disconnect the converter from the supply A015 External alarm 1 Parameterizable external alarm input 1 has been activated Check whether the cable to the corresponding digital input has been interrupted parameter P588 Src No Ext Warn1 A016 External alarm 2 Parameterizable external alarm input 2 has been activated Check whether the cable to the corresponding digital input has been interrupted parameter P589 Src No Ext Warn2 A017 Safe Stop alarm active The switch for blocking the inverter pulses X9 terminal 5 6 has been opened only for units with Order No 11 21 31 61 Close switch X9 5 6 and thus release the inverter pulses A020 An overcurrent condition has occurred Check the driven load for an overload condition Overcurrent Are the motor and the converter matched Have the dynamic performance requirements been exceeded A021 An overvoltage condition has occurred
241. munication E PN scm ege lt li Elo Dm Device status 8 For Help press F1 Fig 8 9 Drive window parameter list The DriveMonitor drive window has a directory tree for navigation purposes Fig 8 9 2 You can deselect this additional operating tool in menu View Parameter selection Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 13 Parameterization 09 2009 NOTE The drive window contains all elements required for the parameterization and operation of the connected device In the lower bar the status of the connection with the device is displayed Connection and device ok Connection ok device in fault state Connection ok device in alarm state Device is parameterized offline Ed z lz ls No connection with the device can be established only offline parameterization possible If no connection with the device can be established because the device does nol physically exist or is not connected you can perform offline parameterization To do so you have to change to offline mode In that way you can create an individually adapted download file which you can load into the device later 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization Drive Navigator This is used to quickly access important functions of the DriveMonitor Settings for Drive Navigator under Tools gt Options Fig 8 11 DriveMon
242. n 1 LCD 4 lines x 16 characters 100 000 min 1 Run R 9 pole SUB D connector LED red O Fault on rear of unit LED green O Run Reversing key ON key l N Raise key OFF key O P N Lower key N J Key for toggling between control levels Jog key Jog 7 8 9 4 5 6 0 to 9 number keys 1 2 3 0 Reset Reset key acknowledge N Sign key Fig 8 15 View of the OP1S Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 23 Parameterization 09 2009 8 5 2 Connecting run up 8 5 2 1 Connecting The OP1S can be connected to the units in the following ways Connection via 3 m or 5 m cable e g as a hand held input device for start up Connection via cable and adapter for installation in a cabinet door Plugging into MASTERDRIVES Compact units for point to point linking or bus configuration Plugging into MASTERDRIVES Compact PLUS units for bus configuration Connection via The cable is plugged into the Sub D socket X103 on units of the cable Compact PLUS type and into Sub D socket X300 on units of the Compact and chassis type u A o P II OP1S amp Connecting cable ols Le ms oxla Ae el lt Oo e le ro 3 3 5 e 7 O e O 2 2 5 9 1 19 ef oO e Sa 2 OP1S side Unit side 9
243. n INITIALIZATION enter a suitable MLFB in parameter P070 MLFB 6SE70 Only possible with the corresponding access stages to both access parameters F061 A parameter entered during drive setting e g Acknowledge the fault and change the P107 Mot Rtd Freq P108 Mot Rtd Speed corresponding parameter value The missing Incorrect P340 Pulse Frequency is not in a permissible parameter is indicated in r949 as a fault value parameterization range depending on control type 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 13 8 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F062 Multi parallel circuit Fault in connection with the multi parallel circuit or board ImP1 has been detected r949 10 Communications card does not reply When writing the control word BUSY is not active if CSOUT is inactive Communications card is probably not inserted R949 11 12 Timeout during BUSY during initialization BUSY does not become active within 1 sec R949 15 Timeout during BUSY during normal communication BUSY does not become active within 1 sec R949 18 Timeout when reading out the fault information from the ImPls Within one second after activation of FAULT no fault cause can be supplied by the IMP1 R949 20 i HW conflict This is set if bit HWCONF is set in status word of slave i Fault in the configuration of the multi paralle
244. n and off by the device software The fan is designed for a service life of L10 gt 35 000 hours and an ambient temperature of Ty 45 C It must be exchanged in good time to ensure the availability of the unit It may be necessary to disassemble the unit for this purpose DANGER To replace the fan the inverter has to be disconnected from the supply and removed if necessary Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 1 Maintenance 08 2008 9 1 1 Replacing the fan in units up to 45 mm wide Removal After removing the four cover screws and dismantling the cover see chapter 5 2 Installing the optional boards the X20 connector which is protected against polarity reversal can be disconnected and the fan can be removed Installation Fit the fan in the reverse order making sure that the arrow indicating the direction of air flow points to the inside of the unit NOTICE Make sure that the leads to the fan are connected the right way round Otherwise the fan will not operate 9 1 2 Replacing the fan in 67 mm and 90 mm wide units Removal After removing the two cover screws and dismantling the cover the X20 connector which is protected against polarity reversal can be disconnected and the fan can be dismantled by pushing out the internals of the insert rivets The insert rivets can be re used Installation Fitthe fan in the reverse order making sure that the arro
245. nd emissions of light noises particles and gases e g as a res D D D ult of Component failure Software errors Operation and or ambient conditions not compliant with the specification External influences damage 3 Dangerous contact voltages e g as a result of Component failure Influence upon electrostatic charging Induction of voltages in the case of moving motors Operation and or ambient conditions not compliant with the specification Condensation conductive contamination External influences damage 4 Operational electrical magnetic and electromagnetic fields that may pose a risk to people with a pacemaker implants or metallic items if they are too close 5 Release of pollutants and emissions if components are not operated or disposed of properly For additional information on the residual risks emanating from the components of the PDS please refer to the relevant chapters of the technical user documentation Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 1 5 Definitions and Warnings 08 2008 DANGER Electrical magnetic and electromagnetic fields EMF that occur during operation can pose a danger to persons who are present in the direct vicinity of the product especially persons with pacemakers implants or similar devices The relevant directives and standards must be observed by the machine plant operators and persons present in the vicinity of the product T
246. nection menu is only valid from Version 5 2 onwards Find online drives BusAdde Unttpe Version Open Cancel Open the first found drive immediately Online m Find drives Quantity of Adress 5 ll Fig 8 6 Search for online drives During the search the USS bus is scanned with the set baudrate only The baud rate can be changed via Tools gt ONLINE Settings see section 8 3 2 1 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 9 Parameterization 09 2009 8 3 2 3 Creating a parameter set With menu File 2 New gt you can create a new drive for parameterization see Fig 8 7 The system creates a download file dnl in which the drive characteristic data type device version are stored You can create the download file on the basis of an empty parameter set or the factory setting DriveMon DER view Tools Help Open CTRL O Empty parameter set Set up an ONLINE connection Export Import Convert Parameter sets last dealt with Exit Generates a new parameter set based on the factory setting Fig 8 7 Creating a new drive Based on factory setting The parameter list is preassigned with the factory setting values Empty parameter set Forcompilation of individually used parameters If the parameters of a parameter set that has already been created have to be changed this can be done by call
247. ned only on one side the right hand side panel Front cover and left hand side panel remain as one unit DC link isolating terminal Detail A Detail A Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 9 Installation 09 2009 Removing the slot cover Removing the option card holder Carefully pull the device front including left side panel forward to the front approx 1 cm so that the rear fold on the left hand side panel can be loosened from the rear panel of the device as well as the front cover on the right hand front panel from the housing Fig 5 9 You can then fold out the unit consisting of front cover and left hand side panel to the left Fig 5 9 Open the locking levers of the ribbon cable on the power section which connects to the control electronics Remove the front of the device together with electronics board and any additional options from the device as d es 73 e He Step 2 Fig 5 9 Remove the cover of the selected slot on the front panel Todo so you must carefully cut through the four connecting points of the cover on the front panel with a thin knife or remove the existing blind caps Remove the fixing screws of the option card holder from the pins and lift the option card hol
248. nology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F135 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F136 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F137 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F138 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F139 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F140 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F141 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 11 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F142 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F143 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F144 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F145 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F146 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB d
249. nology options and the operating hours counter and fault memory are not changed by a parameter reset to factory setting P070 Order No 6SE70 P072 Rtd Drive Amps P073 Rtd Drive Power P366 Select FactSet Table 9 1 Parameters which are not changed by the factory setting NOTE Parameter factory settings which are dependent on converter or motor parameters are marked with in the block diagrams Grant parameter access ks ins 27 hex Changing parameters is permitted via PMU serial interface SCom1 SCom2 OP1S and Communication Board e g CBP2 PROFIBUS P060 2 Select Fixed settings menu P366 0 Select desired factory setting 0 Standard with PMU setpoint via MOP BICO1 P970 0 Start parameter reset 0 Parameter reset 1 No parameter change Unit carries out parameter reset and then leaves the Fixed settings menu Fig 9 2 Sequence for parameter reset to factory setting 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 9 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 1 N 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps Factory settings dependent on P366 Designation of the Factory setting with parameter on the PMU OP1S Sre Source Fixed binector0 B0000 Fixed binector0 B0000 Table 9 2 Factory setting dependent on P366 All other factory setting values are not dependent on P366 and can be taken from the parameter list or from the block diagrams in the Compendium The factory settings for Index 1 i
250. ns SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Installation 09 2009 Installation The unit is mounted directly to a mounting surface Fixing is by means of two or four M5 screws Mounting surface Slots for screws M5 pe mme m 360 mm 414 mm CL 22 5 mm gt 33 75 mm 45 mm 90 mm 45 mm 67 5 mm lt 220 mm gt 0 75 kW 1 5 2 2 kW 4 0 kW Side view Front view without front cover Fig 5 2 Dimension drawings for housings up to 90 mm wide Mounting surface Cutouts for M5 screws 250 mm i E E ye CH y Zo e5 f e 22 5 mm f N Dap mm iil iso mm 220 mm 5 5 7 5 11 kW 15 37 kW Side view Front view Fig 5 3 Dimension drawings for housings 135 mm and 180 mm wide Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 5 3 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions Installation 09 2009 5 2 Installing the optional boards DANGER The unit has hazardous voltage levels up to 5 minutes after it has been powered down due to the DC link capacitors The unit or the DC link terminals must not be worked on until at least after this delay time 5 2 1 Installing optional boards on units with a width up to 90 mm Disconnect unit from power supply DANGER Disconnect the rectifier unit or the converter from the power supply and and switch OFF the unit Remove the 24V power supply for the elect
251. nstructions Parameterization 08 2009 NOTE The drive window contains all elements required for the parameterization and operation of the connected device In the lower bar the status of the connection with the device is displayed Connection and device ok Connection ok device in fault state Connection ok device in alarm state Device is parameterized offline Ed z lz ls No connection with the device can be established only offline parameterization possible If no connection with the device can be established because the device does nol physically exist or is not connected you can perform offline parameterization To do so you have to change to offline mode In that way you can create an individually adapted download file which you can load into the device later 8 20 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization Drive Navigator This is used to quickly access important functions of the DriveMonitor Settings for Drive Navigator under Tools gt Options Fig 8 14 DriveMon MASTERDRIVES MC Plus Adr 0 RAM EIER a Eile View Drive Navigator Parameters Operate Diagnostics Tools Window Help o x Assisted commissioning Download parameter file to drive Save drive parameters to a file Load standard Assisted F01 application zx technology COMM Basic positioner operating screens System Set 0 00 0 00 Device
252. nting surface Lock in the DC link busbars Re connect all previously removed connecting cables Check all connecting cables and the shield to make sure they sit properly and are in the correct position To designate the optional board insert the relevant designation plate into the envisaged position on the front of the unit After powering up the voltage you can log on the optional boards in the software of the unit and commence start up 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations 6 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations Basic EMC rules Rules 1 to 13 are generally applicable Rules 14 to 20 are particularly important for limiting noise emission Rule 1 All of the metal cabinet parts must be connected through the largest possible surface areas not paint on paint If required use serrated washers The cabinet door must be connected to the cabinet through grounding straps which must be kept as short as possible NOTE Grounding installations machines is essentially a protective measure However in the case of drive systems this also has an influence on the noise emission and noise immunity A system can either be grounded in a star configuration or each component grounded separately Preference should be given to the latter grounding system in the case of drive systems i e all parts of the installation to be grounded a
253. ntrol i By entering a password in P359 access to the menus in the gray shaded area can be prohibited to unauthorized persons 1 only MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 8 2 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization Menu levels Main menus 5 The parameter menus have several menu levels The first level contains the main menus These are effective for all sources of parameter inputs PMU OP1S DriveMonitor field bus interfaces The main menus are selected in parameter P60 Menu Selection Examples P060 0 User parameters menu selected P060 1 Parameter menu selected PO60 8 Power section definition menu selected Menu levels 2 and 3 enable the parameter set to be more extensively structured They are used for parameterizing the units with the OP1S operator control panel K IJ User parameters e Freely configurable menu e Contains complete parameter set e More extensive structure of the functions achieved by using an OP1S operator control panel e Used for quick parameterization with parameter modules e When selected the unit switches to status 5 Drive setting e Used for configuring the optional boards When selected the unit switches to status 4 Board configuration Drive setting Used for detailed parameterization of important motor encoder and control data When selected the unit switches to status 5 Drive setting Download
254. ntrol Gopnnechons ener ener nnne 7 8 7 8 Conductor cross sections fuses reactors 7 20 7 4 Combinations of units u uuu uuuuassesyk ker aar an inea enne nnns 7 20 8 PARAMETERIZATION U u u uu u 8 1 8 1 Parameter menus eras Hee d eaae Hee edn 8 1 8 2 Changeability of parameierg nnns 8 5 8 3 Parameter input with DriveMonitor A 8 6 8 3 1 Installation and connection esssssssssssseseeeneeeren nennen 8 6 8 3 1 1 Installation 8 6 8 3 1 2 COMECON me tere eta Seele ett Fee eege ebe 8 6 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 1 Contents 08 2008 8 3 2 Establishing the connection between DriveMonitor and the device 8 7 8 3 2 1 Setting the USS interface a 8 7 8 3 2 2 Starting the USS bus scan u a us ese hi u a at wa ens 8 9 8 3 2 3 Creating a parameter set 8 10 8 3 3 lut NEE 8 12 8 3 3 1 Structure of the parameter lists parameterization with DriveMonitor 8 12 8 3 3 2 General diagnostics sac dato meme tte Hei 8 17 8 4 Parameter input via the PM 8 18 8 5 Parameter input via the OP1S a 8 22 8 5 1 Generals scuta uc ntu taU M RA rere 8 22 8 5 2 Connecting r nsup ii esit e eec ct tte eer ea re eis uela tek 28 8 24 8 5 2 1 Cornnectingsd E 8 24 8 5 2
255. ocumentation F147 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F148 An active signal is present at binector U061 1 Examine cause of fault see function diagram 710 Fault 1 Function blocks F149 An active signal is present at binector U062 Examine cause of fault see function diagram 1 710 Fault 2 Function blocks F150 An active signal is present at binector U063 Examine cause of fault see function diagram 1 710 Fault 3 Function blocks F151 An active signal is present at binector U064 Examine cause of fault see function diagram 1 710 Fault 4 Function blocks F152 After an appropriate number of invalid signs of Check cause of fault see function diagram Signs of life repeatedly invalid life the sign of life monitoring block has gone into fault status 170 F153 No valid sign of life tool interface Within the monitoring time of the tool interface no valid sign of life has been received from the tool interface Cyclically execute write tasks from the tool interface within the monitoring time whereby the sign of life has to be increased by 1 for every write task F255 Fault in EEPROM A fault has occurred in the EEPROM Switch off the unit and switch it on again If the fault re occurs replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS Table 12 1 Fault numbers causes and their counter meas
256. of motor temperature exceeded r949 2 short circuit in the cable to the motor temperature sensor or sensor defective r949 4 wire break in the cable to the motor temperature sensor or sensor defective r949 5 wire break and limit value exceeded Check the motor load ventilation etc The current motor temperature can be read in r009 Motor Temperature Check P381 Mot Tmp Fault check the KTY84 input at connector X103 29 30 or X104 29 30 Compact PLUS for short circuit F021 Parameterized limit value of the I2t monitoring Check P383 Mot Tmp T1 for the motor has been exceeded Motor I2t F023 The limit value of the inverter temperature has Measure the air intake and ambient Inverter temperature been exceeded Alarm r949 Bito Inverter overtemperature Biti Wire break of cable to temperature sensor Bit4 Number of the temperature sensor Bit5 Bit6 Bit8 Multiparallel circuit Slave number Bit9 Bit10 Examples r949 1 Limit value of inverter temperature has been exceeded r949 2 Sensor 1 wire break of sensor cable or sensor defective r949 18 Sensor 2 wire break of sensor cable or sensor defective r949 34 Sensor 3 wire break of sensor cable or sensor defective r949 50 Sensor 4 wire break of sensor cable or sensor defective temperature Observe minimum and maximum ambient temperature Observe the derating curves at theta gt 45 C Compact PLUS type or 40
257. ogram is denied with warning 150 because axis Y is already being used by program 1 Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted The same slave axis cannot be used simultaneously by several NC programs A151 Slave axis operating mode not allowed The slave axis required by the master axis is not in slave mode M7 only not significant for the F01 technology option Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp The slave axis must be switched to slave mode A152 Slave axis operating mode changed The slave mode was deselected in the slave axis during the traversing movement M7 only not significant for the F01 technology option Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp The slave axis must remain switched to slave mode A153 Error in slave axis A warning is active in the slave axis required by the master axis M7 only not significant for the F01 technology option Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp The NC program will only run if all of the axes it needs are error free To clear this warning you must first clear all the warnings in the slave axis A154 Follow up mode in slave axis active The follow up mode FUM control signal is
258. olating amplifiers despite cable length 4 m 13 20 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 02 2008 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A045 DC braking activated The DC braking function has been activated and the motor frequency is still above the frequency at which DC braking begins P398 Increase frequency at which DC braking begins A049 At serial UO SCB1 with SCI1 2 no slave is connected or fiber optic cable is interrupted or P690 SSCI Analn Conf No slave slaves are without voltage Check slave Check cable A050 At ser I O the slaves required according to a Check parameter P693 analog outputs P698 Slave incorrect parameterized configuration are not present slave number or slave type Analog inputs or outputs or digital inputs or outputs have been parameterized which are not physically present digital outputs Check connectors K4101 K4103 K4201 K4203 analog inputs and binectors B4100 B4115 B4120 B4135 B4200 B4215 B4220 B4235 digital inputs for connecting A051 Peer baud rate In a peer to peer connection a baud rate has been selected which is too high or too different Adjust the baud rate in conjunction with the SCB boards P701 SCom SCB Baud Rate A052 In a peer to peer connection a PcD length has Reduce number of words P703 SCom SCB been set which is
259. olts Torque Norm P354 Disp Torq Conn 1039 1 FSetp Torg Limt Torque P263 setpoint ie Nan xu Current I control Motor kK 3 FSetp Torq Lim2 P264 Speed monitoring Motor R encoder n max FWD speed n max REV speed P452 P453 Analog output AnaOutSmooth Disp Torq Conn 4 10 V AnaOut Offset AneDutScale re 1039 2 P644 F I SS Torque actual SAnaout value I X101 11 A y M x Disp Speed Conn Anaout YIVI 7005 P643 c faon X101 12 VW speed actual value 8 Type of encoder Nil Pulse encoder Full information on pulse encoder connection is given in the SBP operating instruction 2220239 eSBP UB X400 60 Order No 6SE7087 6NX84 2FA0 X400 61 l Track A X401 68 Data of pulse encoder to be connected Track B amp X401 70 HTL encoder 15 V ioe Zero pulse A X401 72 without control track Lk eeeeeeeeed yy i Shield connection Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 31 Parameterization 08 2009 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 8 32 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization Setpoint and command source Terminal strip and motorized potentiometer X101 1 8 P24 X10 28 M24 D X101 3 A 1 Operation MOP Accel Time M
260. ommence start up Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 5 7 Installation 09 2009 5 2 2 Installing optional boards on units with a width of 135 mm and 180 mm Disconnect unit from power supply DANGER Disconnect the rectifier unit or the converter from the power supply and and switch OFF the unit Remove the 24V power supply for the electronics Take off all connecting leads NOTE Optional boards are mounted when the power section is already installed Disassemble device Open up the clamps of the DC link busbars Remove the fixing screws which hold the device on the mounting surface Pull the device down until the DC link busbars are fully exposed Pull the device out toward the front Place the device on an ESD compatible work station rear panel down Top view Side view right Bottom view 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 5 8 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Installation Opening the unit For simpler disassembly start with levering out the left one of the two housing chambers of the DC link terminals from the unit using a slot head screwdriver Unscrew the four fixing screws from the bottom and topside of the device Carefully lever out the front cover from the five detent lugs on the right hand side of the device using a slot head screwdriver see Detail A Fig 5 8 The front cover needs to be loose
261. omponents must be mounted on a mounting panel which simultaneously serves as the shield connection for the incoming and outgoing motor cables Grounded partitions may be necessary to shield the components In order to limit the radio interference especially for limit value class First environment in addition to the line supply cable all cables externally connected to the cabinet must be shielded Examples of these basic rules Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 6 3 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations 02 2008 Cabinet 1 Cabinet 2 Cabinet 3 o Rule 13 Netz Netz Keep the radio interference suppression filters away from SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES air discharge duct e g by mounting at hnother level Rule 12 Control Rule 9 10 Zeen m Fig 3 5 3 Ru 19 Rule 2 Grounding rail Rule 16 Fig 6 1 Connect at both ends to the cabinet housing through the largest possible surface area ES Examples for applying the basic EMC rules Shield rail A Shield connection
262. on data Check parameterization 6 Initialization timeout 7 SCB board double 10 Channel error F072 EB initialization fault A fault has occurred during initialization of the EB board Fault value r949 2 1st EB1 not compatible 3 2nd EB1 not compatible 4 1st EB2 not compatible 5 2nd EB2 not compatible 21 Three EB1 boards 22 Three EB2 boards 110 Fault on 1st EB1 Analog input 120 Fault on 2nd EB1 Analog input 210 Fault on 1st EB2 Analog input 220 Fault on 2nd EB2 Analog input F073 4 mA at analog input 1 slave 1 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 1 X428 4 5 Anlnp1SL1 F074 4 mA at analog input 2 slave 1 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 1 X428 7 8 Anlnp2 SL1 F075 4 mA at analog input 3 slave 1 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 1 X428 10 11 Anlnp3 SL1 F076 4 mA at analog input 1 slave 2 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 2 X428 4 5 Anlnp1 SL2 F077 4 mA at analog input 2 slave 2 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 2 X428 7 8 Anlnp2 SL2 F078 4 mA at analog input 3 slave 2 fallen short of Check the connection of the signal source to the SCI1 slave 2 X428 10 11 Anlnp3 SL2 F079 No telegram has been received by the SCB Ch
263. ons SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps cop sdwy ndjno oye s jos W Z8Zd 126 pA woows 982 19eus yun Buneo 0 8 S6u W IZEA 1s00q dies eBeyo 10IN syoA djno xeui Jeu2 Daag os WO0eed We6zd OS W DLd Ward Kouanbay u beu410WN Aouenbay pue 1soog uluexeon DS SOv 994S ull jueuno Weed UL Je ojjuoo Xew N LEEA dy 1 llonuoo xeuu gl pe yu 1J lojjJuo5 uonejuu jueJn 6214 La W 82ld sjueuno Vum EI peeds julodjas YLO 622 ygoows Jas yu Z 001 d onsuejoeJeuo UN ou Jee SWL e ov Br bau ey S 0L Jv9vd SOL J zovd 960011 d Gvd jes yu 960011 J ZGvd pds sod xew jyu DEI Eum 0 g SC E ZE aus cdies PPY ous 4 SEd peeds amp SEd Aouenbeu je LLE PAS DLC aous _ Jeuueuo julodjes 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 24 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 ul Boy An3 dai Det 4NI W9LEd WSLEd japow AWS duuy4 40 04 y 08 W LZ bd 0 4894 e up Jeise N 00 Ld 101 Uu09 ASu nb uj Jepooue 1noui o3uoo peeds doo peso 5 G 09d snieis Bumes SAG eu ur peBueuo 9q luo ULI JJ WELJEd x Loes ies aseajoy ulejs S pow W v8Zd W SZd ie bsi dy W98zd 126 pA woows S8c 1994S WG W t8cd uL dy 06 394S W O8zd Deel Burygoows W 842d doop ge ag oeJeYyo AL
264. oor a 0 EE Sound pressure levels types of construction dimensions weights Sound pressure level OBA Dimensions e Width e Height e Depth E mol 141 145 7 1 5 corresponds to MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 7 corresponds to MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 With a 1 6 fold overload in field weakening the torque quality is reduced due to a ripple of 300 Hz Table 11 6 Technical data of inverter part 3 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 11 8 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms 12 12 1 Faults and Alarms Faults General information regarding faults For each fault the following information is available Parameter r947 Fault number r949 Fault value r951 Fault list P952 Number of faults r782 Fault time If a fault message is not reset before the electronic supply voltage is switched off then the fault message will be present again when the electronic supply is switched on again The unit cannot be operated without resetting the fault message Number Fault Cause Counter measure F001 Main contactor checkback The monitoring time of the main contactor checkback P600 has expired Check main contactor checkback Clear main contactor checkback P591 B 0 Increase monitoring time P600 F002 Pre charging fault The monitoring time of pre charging has expired i e the DC link voltage has not reac
265. orque when the safe stop function is activated Where external forces are applied to the drive axes or with drives that are not self arresting e g vertical axes additional holding devices e g brakes are required A residual risk cannot be precluded in the case of two simultaneous errors in the power section In this case the drive can be aligned by a small angle of rotation asynchronous motors Max 1 slot pitch in the remanence range corresponding to about 5 to 15 The products described here have been developed to perform safety related functions as part of a complete system or machine A complete safety related system generally includes sensors evaluation units signaling devices and strategies for safe shutdown The manufacturer of an installation or machine is responsible for providing an appropriate overall safety system Siemens AG its regional offices and associated companies referred to as Siemens below cannot guarantee all the characteristics of a complete installation or machine that has not been designed by Siemens Siemens shall not be liable for recommendations that are made or implied as a result of the following description No new warranty or liability claims over and above those stated in the Siemens general delivery conditions can be inferred from the following description 7 16 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up The safe stop op
266. ousing through the largest possible surf ce area ILIDILII REIS BI Fig 6 5 Connecting signal cable shields in the cabinet Wherever possible intermediate terminals should not be used as they reduce the shielding effect 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 6 6 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up 7 Con necting up DANGER SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES units are operated at high voltages The equipment must be in a no voltage condition disconnected from the supply before any work is carried out Only professionally trained qualified personnel must work on or with the units Death severe bodily injury or significant property damage could occur if these warning instructions are not observed Hazardous voltages are still present in the unit up to 5 minutes after it has been powered down due to the DC link capacitors Thus the appropriate delay time must be observed before working on the unit or on the DC link terminals The power terminals and control terminals can still be live even when the motor is stationary If the DC link voltage is supplied centrally the converters must be reliably isolated from the DC link voltage When working on an opened unit it should be observed that live components at hazardous voltage levels can be touched shock hazard
267. pact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F122 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F123 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F124 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F125 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F126 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F127 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F128 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation 12 10 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F129 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F130 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F131 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F132 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F133 Technology board fault not Compact PLUS See TB documentation See TB documentation F134 Tech
268. pole SUB D socket 9 pole SUB D connector Fig 8 16 Example The OP1S in a point to point link with the Compact PLUS unit Plugging onto On the Compact PLUS rectifier unit you can plug the OP1S onto the Compact PLUS Sub D socket X320 and lock it in place on the front cover rectifier unit 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 8 24 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization U J U U U U U U U U USS bus J 2222227272727 222227 on X100 Mg MEE T A SIEMENS Tewes SIEMENS Siemens Siemens Siemens Ewe SIEMENS SIEMENS amp EEEE EEEE EE gun EHHH a l l a l l a N P v De P mM vi IMM OP1S mounted z Z Z A 7 on rectifier unit H D P Baue x101 B bon B X101 B bon B X101 B x101 B x10 B x103 103 E 3 3 3 103 KS bu W I iu p lar dd CM Rect Unit Inv Inv Inv Inv Inv Inv Inv Fig 8 17 Example The OP1S during bus configuration with Compact PLUS units NOTE During bus operation the Compact PLUS rectifier unit is only for mechanically restraining the OP1S and for connecting the bus
269. purposes of clarity however it is advisable to enter the true rated torque of the drive in P113 e g from catalog data Pw mot rated 2 n n mot rated 60 P113 The reference power in W is calculated from the reference torque and reference speed P354 P353 2 n 60 Power values for the control system are also always specified as a percentage referred to the specified reference power The ratio of Du rer Pmot rated Can be used for conversion to the rated motor power Pw ref P113 2 2 P108 Pmot rated E 60 If the reference torque P354 is increased for example the reference current P350 must be increased by the same factor because the current increases at higher torque Setting and visualization parameters in engineering units e g Imax in A must also be no more than twice the reference value If the reference quantities are changed the physical value of all parameters specified as a percentage also changes that is all the parameters of the setpoint channel as well as the maximum power for the control system P258 P259 and the static current for frequency control P278 P279 If the reference values and the rated motor values are identical e g following quick parameterization signal representation e g via connectors up to twice the rated motor values is possible If this is not sufficient you must change to the Drive setting menu P060 5 to change the reference quantities 6SE70
270. put via the PMU u u 8 5 8 3 Parameter input via the OP1S L L 8 8 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 0 1 Contents 08 2008 8 4 Parameter input with DriveMonitor u 8 12 8 4 1 Installation and connection sses erani icierd ti ienna een nin EEn EE EERE ERA 8 12 8 4 1 1 HEN e DEE 8 12 8 4 1 2 lerem SEENEN 8 12 8 4 2 Establishing the connection between DriveMonitor and the device 8 13 8 4 2 1 Setting the USS interface 8 13 8 4 2 2 Starting the USS bus ecan L 8 15 8 4 2 3 Creating a parameter set 8 16 8 4 3 ParameterizatiOn sce een sen 8 18 8 4 3 1 Structure of the parameter lists parameterization with DriveMonitor 8 18 8 4 3 2 General diagnostics 2 diets it eed tide el deer dco aai iaraa 8 23 8 5 Parameter reset to factory setting sssssssssssseeeeeennee 8 24 8 6 Parameterizing by download 8 25 8 7 Parameterizing with parameter modules 8 26 8 8 Motor lists orsin EE 8 39 8 9 Motor Wdentification iiiad aeia 8 49 8 10 Complete D arameterlzation sess 8 49 9 MAINTENANCE 2 22 22 2220 aaa s EE Ee 9 1 9 1 Replacing AANEREN 9 1 9 1 1 Replacing the fan in units up to 45 mm wide nn 9 2 9 1 2 Replacing the fan in 67 mm and 90 mm wide untte eeen 9 2 9 1 3 Replacing the fan in units 135 mm wide 9 2 9 1 4
271. r 6orea MOUXOV Z DIS zore 8 reos se y juiodjes 901 8 dog ue oN C sores se j y U99M C voreg se j y u goreg daso 440 zoiea Siig oi dn C ozea e Sjulodjes aaen joguoo 104 TEEL uiodjes ug m EM ZPIOM 8D L sz 3294S P Z psom exea zaza Lpsom eyed Lazd lt L heeds VPJOM 8D L TEE CODE S X Ce SenjeA jenjoe ywwsued z 004 Lz zsc Lol Trose Goe yu jeeus wo pJOM IonuooO pJ0M snlels Z P om eed zazd LL Duo eed Laod ejep Jayawesed Jo suoneJedo peal Jo pan asoy N yiuisuei L ejep JojeujeJed Jo suoneJedo eum JO peAJesey A E wid je C mid oz l 1eeus 9 89 d 82 1S SNIIJONA 99Jnos juiodjes uoneuedo enojo jneJ 104100 GZd e n59je Z440 peuoeai dies duoo ennoelje 440 Ou uo uoiws eAnoejje uue V uoyeinep enjoenes une eBeyoruepun uoo ureui ezibueu3 an pe ueB uonounj dues dies peeds Beu sod LO 8L6d ooz 0 SseJppy sng g9 Buuojuoul oN 0 LO ZZ4d OL LO zz4d sw 00589 0 34OBI1 81 85 GO 01 0 LC4d S SS9 0 LL Je3eurejeg gO uoneJ n8jyuoo ER V0 0zZd S SS9 0 DL JejeureJegd gO VO LLZd S SS9 0 JejeureJegd go 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 16 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 jutodjes uien oug I t 68 6S6u WH daS au SCH 8 19Sd k mg hess q
272. r Dev The measured values of the leakage measurement or of rotor resistance deviate significantly If individual measured values significantly deviate from the average values they are automatically disregarded in the calculation for RI or the value of the automatic parameterization remains for Ls It is only necessary to check the results for their plausibility in the case of drives with high requirements on torque or speed accuracy A078 Stands Meas The standstill measurement is executed when the converter is powered up The motor can align itself several times in a certain direction with this measurement If the standstill measurement can be executed without any danger Power up the converter A081 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see operating instructions for CB board The ID byte combinations which are being sent from the DP master in the configuration telegram are not in conformance with the permissible ID byte combinations See also Compendium Chapter 8 Table 8 2 12 Consequence No connection is made with the PROFIBUS master New configuration necessary 12 16 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A082 CB alarm The following description refers to the 1st CBP For other CBs or the TB see th
273. r of the inconsistent parameter is indicated in fault value r949 Correct this parameter ALL indices and switch voltage off and on again Several parameters may be affected i e repeat process F060 MLFB is missing during Is set if parameter P070 is at zero when INITIAL LOADING is exited Enter correct MLFB after acknowledging the fault power section initial loading initial loading F061 A parameter which has been entered during The number of the inconsistent parameter is drive setting is in the non permissible range indicated in fault value r949 e g motor Incorrect enocder pulse encoder in the case of parameterization brushless DC motors gt correct this parameter F063 The synchronization or positioning technology Deactivate synchronization or positioning PIN is missing functions have been activated without an authorization being present PIN Enter the PIN U2977 If technology functions are inserted in the time slots without enabling the technology function through the PIN the message F063 is generated This fault can only be cleared by putting in the correct PIN at U977 01 and U977 02 and switching the power off and on again or by disabling the technology functions put U953 32 20 and U053 33 20 F065 SCom telegram failure No telegram has been received at an SCom interface SCom USS protocol within the telegram failure time Fault value r949 1 Interface 1 SCom1 2
274. r r829 2 to r829 5 Reduce pulse frequency Calculate individual blocks in a slower sampling time The technology functions Synchronization U953 33 and Positioning U953 32 must not be enabled at the same time Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 3 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F043 DSP link The link to the internal signal processor is interrupted Reduce pulse frequency perhaps caused by calculating time overflow If fault re occurs replace the board unit The pulse frequency P340 should not be adjusted to values larger than 7 5 kHz for 60MHz DSP or 6 kHz for 40MHz DSP If higher values are set indices 12 to 19 have to be checked on visualization parameter r829 The indicated free calculating time of the DSP time slots always have to be greater than zero If the calculating time is exceeded this is also displayed by fault F043 DSP coupling Remedy Reduce pulse frequency P340 F044 BICO manager fault A fault has occurred in the softwiring of binectors and connectors Fault value r949 21000 Fault during connector softwiring 22000 Fault during binector softwiring Voltage OFF and ON Factory setting and new parameterization Exchange the board 1028 Link memory is full The link area between the two processors is full No further connectors can be transferred
275. r this purpose DANGER To replace the fan the inverter has to be disconnected from the supply and removed if necessary Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 10 1 Maintenance 08 2008 10 1 1 Removal Installation NOTICE 10 1 2 Removal Installation NOTICE 10 1 3 Removal Replacing the fan in units up to 45 mm wide After removing the four cover screws and dismantling the cover see chapter 5 2 Installing the optional boards the X20 connector which is protected against polarity reversal can be disconnected and the fan can be removed Fit the fan in the reverse order making sure that the arrow indicating the direction of air flow points to the inside of the unit Make sure that the leads to the fan are connected the right way round Otherwise the fan will not operate Replacing the fan in 67 mm and 90 mm wide units After removing the two cover screws and dismantling the cover the X20 connector which is protected against polarity reversal can be disconnected and the fan can be dismantled by pushing out the internals of the insert rivets The insert rivets can be re used Fit the fan in the reverse order making sure that the arrow indicating the direction of air flow points to the inside of the unit Make sure that the leads to the fan are connected the right way round Otherwise the fan will not operate Replacing the fan in
276. rating must not be greater than 1 Example Altitude 3000 m K4 0 845 Ambient temperature 35 C Ko 1 125 Total derating 0 845 x 1 125 0 95 Rating plate Unit designation List of unit options Year of manufacture Month of manufacture Fig 11 2 Example of rating plate applies only 22 kW Date of manufacture The date of manufacture can be derived as follows Character Year of manufacture Month of manufacture January to September October November December Table 11 2 Assignment of characters to the month and year of manufacture 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 11 4 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Technical Data Option codes SBP Pulse encoder evaluation Slot A Slot B Slot C SBR1 Resolver evaluation without pulse encoder simulation Slot C SBR2 Resolver evaluation with pulse encoder simulation Slot C SBM2 Encoder and absolute encoder evaluation Slot A Slot B Slot C SLB SIMOLINK Slot A Slot B Slot C CBP2 PROFIBUS sync freq possible Slot A Slot B Slot C CBC CAN bus Slot A Slot B Slot C EB1 Expansion Board 1 Slot A Slot B Slot C EB2 Expansion Board 2 Slot A Slot B Slot C Safe STOP option Technology software Table 11 3 Meaning of the option codes Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 11 5 Technical Data 08 2008 Value Order No 6SE70 12 0TPD0 14 0TPIO 16
277. rator has responded or a UCE monitoring has responded in a phase in which a valve has been triggered Read out fault value from r949 The digit of the xth position indicates the valve where the fault occurred at power up XOOO x 1 V4 x 2 V x 3 U XOOO x 4 U x 5 W x 6 W Check the motor including the feeder cable for short circuit If no ground fault is present check the power section for defective valves always conductive The digit of the xth position indicates the phase in which is 0 and therefore a valve must be defective always conductive OOOX 1 Current in phase 1 U 2 UCE in phase 2 V 3 Current in phase 3 W 4 Only overcurrent occurred The speed of the motor shaft during the ground fault test should be less than 10 96 of the rated speed 1 In phase V there is a ground fault or a defective valve or the SAFE STOP switch X9 5 6 is open only for units with Order No wl 21 31 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 13 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F107 A fault has occurred during the test pulse measurement Read out fault value from r949 The figures of the grey shaded areas indicate which fault has MLd 0 occurred OOXX xx 01 Both current actual values remain 0 xx 02 Motor converter cable phase U interrupted xx 03 Motor converter pha
278. rd of the PMU or the terminal strip The incandescent lamps must burn darker extinguish during the course of forming If the lamps continue to burn this indicates a fault in the unit or in the wiring Connect the required components in accordance with the circuit example Energize the forming circuit The duration of forming is approx 1 hour 10 2 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Technical Data 11 Technical Data EC Low Voltage Directive EN 50178 73 23 EEC and RL93 68 EEC EC EMC Directive 89 336 EWG EN 61800 3 EC Machinery Safety Directive EN 60204 1 89 392 EEC UL Approvals E 145 153 CSA LR 21 927 cULus E 214113 2 22 kW Type of cooling Air cooled with installed fan Permissible ambient or coolant temperature e During operation e During storage e During transport Installation altitude Permissible humidity rating Environmental conditions to DIN IEC 721 3 3 Pollution degree Overvoltage category Type of protection 0 C to 45 C 32 F to 113 F to 50 C see fig Derating curves 25 C to 455 C 13 F to 131 F 25 C to 70 C 13 F to 158 F lt 1000 m above sea level 100 per cent loadability gt 1000 m to 4000 m above sea level Loadability see fig Derating curves Relative air humidity lt 95 during transport and storage 8596 in operation condensation not permissible Cl
279. rdHeartbeat Counter Heartbeat counter of the optional board is no longer being processed Fault value r949 0 TB CB heatbeat counter 1 SCB heartbeat counter 2 Additional CB heartbeat counter Acknowledge the fault whereby automatic reset is carried out If the fault re occurs replace the board concerned see fault value Replace ADB Check the connection between the subrack and the optional boards LBA and replace if necessary F082 TB CB telegram failure No new process data have been received by the TB or the CB within the telegram failure time Fault value r949 1 TB CB 2 additional CB Check the connection to TB CB Check P722 CB TB TIgOFF Replace CB or TB 12 8 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Fault Cause Counter measure F085 Add CB initialization fault A fault has occurred during initialization of the CB board Fault value r949 1 Board code incorrect 2 TB CB board not compatible 3 CB board not compatible 5 Error in configuration data 6 Initialization timeout 7 TB CB board double 10 Channel error Check the T300 CB board for correct contacting and check the CB initialization parameters P918 02 CB Bus Address P711 02 to P721 02 CB Parameters 1 to 11 F087 SIMOLINK initialization A fault has occurred during initializa
280. re A142 In position timer The in position exact stop window was not reached within the time specified in in position timer monitoring Check and correct the machine data Optimize the position controller or speed monitoring controller In position exact stop window machine data 17 too small Check the mechanical system In position timer monitoring machine data 16 too short Position controller or speed controller not optimized Mechanical causes Effect The position control system is deactivated A145 The digital input with the disable actual The digital input for disable actual value Actual value disable not allowed axis value function was actuated while the roll feed was running can only be actuated when the axis is stationary standstill Effect The axis movement is stopped via the deceleration ramp the disable actual value function is not executed A146 A positioning movement was aborted When Move the axis in front of the target position in Direction of movement not allowed attempting to resume the movement at the point of interruption the roll feed would have had to travel in the opposite direction to reach the programmed target position This is inhibited by the setting of machine data 37 response after abort There are various possible reasons for the axis crossing the target position when a positioning movement is aborted Motor coastdown The axis
281. re connected through their surface or in a mesh pattern Rule 2 Signal cables and power cables must be routed separately to eliminate coupled in noise Minimum clearance 20 cm Provide partitions between power cables and signal cables The partitions must be grounded at several points along their length Rule 3 Contactors relays solenoid valves electromechanical operating hours counters etc in the cabinet must be provided with quenching elements for example RC elements diodes varistors These quenching devices must be connected directly at the coil Rule 4 Non shielded cables associated with the same circuit outgoing and incoming conductor must be twisted or the surface between the outgoing and incoming conductors kept as small as possible in order to prevent unnecessary coupling effects Rule 5 Eliminate any unnecessary cable lengths to keep coupling capacitances and inductances low Rule 6 Connect the reserve cables conductors to ground at both ends to achieve an additional shielding effect Rule 7 In general it is possible to reduce the noise being coupled in by routing cables close to grounded cabinet panels For this reason the wiring should not be installed freely in the cabinet but should be routed close to the mounting plate The same applies for reserve cables conductors Rule 8 Tachometers encoders or resolvers must be connected through a shielded cable The shield must be connected to the tachometer encoder
282. rip 4 combined digital inputs and outputs 2 additional digital inputs 1 analog input 1 analog output 24 V auxiliary voltage supply max 60 mA output only for the inputs 9 CAUTION If the digital inputs are supplied from an external 24 V supply this must be referenced to frame X101 2 Terminal X101 1 P24 AUX may not be connected with the 24V supply Terminal Designation Meaning Range 1 P24 AUX Aux voltage supply DC 24 V 60 mA jer 1 2 M24 AUX Reference potential OV jen 2 choked Ok d 3 3 DIO1 Digital input output 1 24 V 10 mA 20 mA B e 4 DIO2 Digital input output 2 24 V 10 mA 20 mA et Ele 5 DIO3 Digital input output 3 24 V 10 mA 20 mA ed ol 7 6 DIO4 Digital input output 4 24 V 10 mA 20 mA led EJ 8 7 DIS Digital input 5 24 V 10 mA 8 DI6 Digital input 6 24 V 10 mA jer ET 9 Al Analog input 11 bit sign DL me differential input 10 Al Analog input 10V Ri 40kO 11 AO Analog output 8 bit sign 10V 5mA 12 M AO Ground analog output Connectable cross section 0 14 mm to 1 5 mm AWG 16 Terminal 1 is at the top when installed Table 7 7 Control terminal strip NOTE The outputs of the customer terminal can assume undefined states during power up board initialization execution time overflow unless a specific response has been expressly defined and implemented in the hardware for these periods Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instruction
283. ro pulse not evaluated L lt 3V H28V 27 CTRL Connection control track 28 Vpp Pulse generator power 24 V supply Imax 190 mA 29 Temp Minus terminal KTY84 PTG KTY84 0 200 C 30 Temp Plus terminal PTC Rcold lt 1 5 KQ KTY84 PTC Connectable cross section 0 14 mm to 1 5 mm AWG 16 Table 7 10 Control terminal strip X104 Siemens AG 6S5E7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 15 Connecting up 08 2008 X533 Safe stop option DANGER NOTE Using the safe stop option it is possible to interrupt the gating signals to the power section by means of a safety relay This ensures that the unit will definitely not generate a rotating field in the connected motor Even if the control electronics generates trigger commands the power section cannot move the motor The safe stop function is a device for the prevention of unexpected starting in accordance with EN 60204 1 Section 5 4 and meets the requirements of Safety Category 3 to EN 954 1 by virtue of appropriate external protective circuitry The safe stop function does not electrically isolate the motor from the power section i e the motor terminals are still at hazardous voltage when the function is active The safe stop function is not suitable for bringing a rotating motor to a quick halt as by de energizing the trigger signals the motor is only braked by the connected load The motor cannot produce a t
284. rom the voltage supply live appliance parts and power terminals must not be touched immediately because of possibly energized capacitors In this respect the corresponding signs and markings on the drive converter must be respected During operation all covers and doors shall be kept closed 7 Maintenance and servicing The manufacturer s documentation shall be followed Keep these safety instructions in a safe place 1 4 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Definitions and Warnings Residual risks of Power Drive Systems PDS DANGER The components for the controller and drive of a Power Drive System PDS are authorized for industrial and commercial use in industrial networks Their use in public networks requires a different planning and or additional measures It is only permissible to operate these components in enclosed housings or in superordinate control cabinets and when all protective devices and protective covers are used These components may only be handled by qualified and trained specialist persons who are familiar with and observe all the safety instructions on the components and in the relevant technical user documentation The machine manufacturer must take into account the following residual risks resulting from the components for the controller and drive of a Power Drive System PDS when evaluating the risk of his machine in accordance with the EC mach
285. ronics Take off all connecting leads Dismantling the unit Dismantle the unit as follows Open the terminals of the DC link bus module Remove the fixing screws by means of which the unit is fixed to the mounting surface Pull the unit down until the DC link bus module is completely exposed Pull the unit out towards you Lay the unit on its left side Opening the unit Removing the slot cover Unscrew the four fixing screws of the right hand side wall The fixing screws are on the unit at the top on the right and at the bottom on the right You do not have to remove the four fixing screws completely as the wall of the unit is provided with a cutout to enable you to swing out the cover once the screws have been loosened Open the right hand side wall To open the side wall use a slotted screwdriver to lever out the front panel from its latches The front panel only has to be loosened on one side of the side wall and can stay on the unit housing Now the side wall can be removed upwards Remove the cover of the selected slot on the front panel Todo so you must carefully cut through the four connecting points of the cover on the front panel with a thin knife 5 4 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Installation Fixing screw for side cover Designation plates for the optional boards Fixing screw for si
286. ross section 10 mm AWG 6 Terminal PE is at bottom right on the shield Table 7 5 Motor connection The motor cables must be dimensioned in accordance with VDE 298 Part 2 After installation of the connector the shield of the motor cable must be fixed to the shield plate through a large surface area Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 7 Connecting up 08 2008 7 2 Standard connections WARNING WARNING CAUTION Control connections The basic version of the unit is provided with the following control connections external 24V supply USS bus connection RS485 serial interface for PC or OP1S control terminal strip The device must be disconnected from its voltage supplies 24 V DC electronics supply and mains voltage before the control and encoder leads are connected or disconnected Failure to observe this advice can result in encoder defects which may in turn cause uncontrolled axis movements The external 24 V infeed and all circuits connected to the control terminals must meet the requirements for safety separation as stipulated in EN 50178 PELV circuit Protective Extra Low Voltage The external 24 V supply must be protected by an m c b in order to prevent the overloading of printed conductors components in the event of a device defect e g a short circuit in the control electronics or a wiring fault Fuse F1
287. rque too high Load torque not uniform Ramp function generator disabled F095 Due to entries for There must be a 10 frequency range which Permissible phase sequence lies above 1 1 times the changeover frequency Mid n set Maximum frequency and below 0 9 times the start of field Minimum speed weakening frequency Changeover frequency between V and I model Possible counter measures Start of field weakening frequency Frequency suppression bandwidth Permit both phase sequences it was not possible to determine a permissible frequency range for the rotating measurement Increase maximum frequency Reduce minimum speed Reduce changeover frequency between the V and model Reduce or remove the frequency suppression bandwidth Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 11 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F096 Mid abort The rotating measurement was aborted due to the inadmissible external intervention The fault value in r949 defines the type of intervention 4 Setpoint inhibit 5 Changeover setpoint channel 8 Unexpected change in the converter status 12 Motor data set changeover for function selection Compl Mot ID 13 Changeover to slave drive 14 Motor data set changeover to data set with v f charac 15 Controller inhibit is set 16 Ramp function generator is disabled 17 Selection Tacho test for F control
288. rs pe x Drive Navigator With buttons Offline Online RAM Online EEPROM Fig 8 12 1 you can switch modes When you switch to online mode device identification is performed If the configured device and the real device do not match device type software version an alarm appears If an unknown software version is recognized the option of creating the database is offered This process takes several minutes RIVES MC Adr 0 MASTERDRIVES MC tmp rate Diagnostics Tools Window Help Assisted commissioning B direct to parameter list E load standard application B assisted F01 technology COM 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 amp Parameter overview User Parameters BJ Parameter Menu E Common Parameters B Terminals Communication B Serial Interfaces 1 2 Field Bus Interface SIMOLINK B sca sc Control Status Word EN w lt mi For Help press F1 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 001 Table 1 Input Input Input Input lnterpolPoint 32BGear 1 ACL 32B Gear 1 VNorm 32BGear 2 ACL 32BGear 2 VNorm Accel VMAx Accel Time FDS 1 I IN FFLINE Device status 10 Fig 8 12 Drive window parameter list The DriveMonitor drive window has a directory tree for navigation purposes Fig 8 12 2 You can deselect this additional operating tool in menu View Parameter selection Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 6SE7087 6KP50 8 19 Operating I
289. s Cer EE SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions 9 28 08 2008 Maintenance 10 Maintenance DANGER SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES units are operated at high voltages All work carried out on or with the equipment must conform to all the national electrical codes BGV A3 in Germany Maintenance and repair work may only be carried out by properly qualified personnel and only when the equipment is disconnected from the power supply Only spare parts authorized by the manufacturer may be used The prescribed maintenance intervals and also the instructions for repair and replacement must be complied with Hazardous voltages are still present in the drive units up to 5 minutes after the converter has been powered down due to the DC link capacitors Thus the unit or the DC link terminals must not be worked on until at least after this delay time The power terminals and control terminals can still be at hazardous voltage levels even when the motor is stationary 10 1 Replacing the fan A fan is mounted at the lower section of the inverter for cooling the power section The fan is fed by the 24 V supply voltage and switched in and off by the device software The fan is designed for a service life of L10 gt 35 000 hours and an ambient temperature of Ty 45 C It must be exchanged in good time to ensure the availability of the unit It may be necessary to disassemble the unit fo
290. s not selected When travel table 3 has been successfully adopted the alarm message is automatically canceled A245 Travel table 4 not valid Travel table 4 has not been correctly adopted or has been reset Consequence Travel table 4 cannot be processed Adopt travel table 4 again Note Travel table 4 can only be newly adopted if it is not selected When travel table 4 has been successfully adopted the alarm message is automatically canceled A246 Travel table 5 not valid Travel table 5 has not been correctly adopted or has been reset Consequence Travel table 5 cannot be processed Adopt travel table 5 again Note Travel table 5 can only be newly adopted if it is not selected When travel table 5 has been successfully adopted the alarm message is automatically canceled A247 Travel table 6 not valid Travel table 6 has not been correctly adopted or has been reset Consequence Travel table 6 cannot be processed Adopt travel table 6 again Note Travel table 6 can only be newly adopted if it is not selected When travel table 6 has been successfully adopted the alarm message is automatically canceled A248 Travel table 7 not valid Travel table 7 has not been correctly adopted or has been reset Consequence Travel table 7 cannot be processed Adopt travel table 7 again Note Travel table 7 can only be newly adopted if it is not selected When travel table 7
291. s 7 13 Connecting up 08 2008 X103 Serial interface oO O O Q DOOORQ ol It is possible to connect either an OP1S or a PC with RS232 or RS485 serial interface via the 9 pole SUB D socket There are different connecting cables for the PC for the various transmission protocols The 9 pole SUB D socket is internally coupled with the USS bus thus enabling data exchange with other nodes linked via the USS bus This interface is also used for loading software Pin Designation Meaning Range 1 RS232 ID Changeover to RS232 protocol Low active 2 RS232 RxD Receive data via RS232 RS232 3 RS485 P Data via RS485 interface RS485 4 Boot Control signal for software update Low active 5 M5 AUX Reference potential to PSV OV 6 P5V 5 V aux voltage supply 5 V max 200 mA 7 RS232 TxD Transmit data via RS232 RS232 8 RS485 N Data via RS485 interface RS485 9 M RS232 485 Digital ground choked Table 7 8 Serial interface 7 14 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up X533 Safe stop option DANGER NOTE Using the safe stop option it is possible to interrupt the gating signals to the power section by means of a safety relay This ensures that the unit will definitely not generate a rotating field in the connected motor Even if the control electronics generates trigger commands the power section cannot move the motor The safe stop function is a device for
292. s at the fixing points 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 5 6 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Installation Assembling and mounting the unit Designating the optional board Close the right hand side wall of the unit as follows Press the front panel slightly to the side and insert the side wall from above into the unit Make sure after inserting the side wall that the fixing lugs mounted at the top and bottom of the side wall are on the outside Screw the side wall tight again by means of the four fixing screws Place the unit on its rear wall Press the front panel from above onto the now closed unit so that you can hear its latches engaging Mount the unit as follows Insert the unit into its mounting position from the front underneath the DC link bus module Lift the unit upwards until the DC link bus module is completely in its original position again Screw the unit tight to the mounting surface with the fixing screws Interlock the DC bus module Re connect all previously removed connecting cables Check all connecting cables and the shield to make sure they sit properly and are in the correct position To designate the optional board insert the relevant designation plate into the envisaged position on the front of the unit When the voltage has been switched in the software of the unit recognizes which optional boards have been installed and you can then c
293. s inhibited and the position controller is deactivated You must assign a valid value to machine data 1 in order to operate the axis A130 Operating conditions The in operation IOP checkback signal was missing when a traversing command was initiated The following causes inhibit the in Activate control signals DFF1 OFF2 OFF3 and enable controller ENC do not exist operation checkback signal status bit No 2 If checkback signals OFF2 and or OFF3 refer to function diagram sheet 200 are missing check the supply of control word 1 MASTERDRIVES function diagram sheet Control signals DFF1 OFF2 OFF3 180 and or enable controller ENC are not activated Analyze the queued fault number FAULT NO remedy the fault and then Checkback signals OFF2 and or OFF3 are cancel the fault using the acknowledge fault not activated ACK F control signal A fault FAULT is active Note To activate the in operation IOP status Effect again you must deactivate DFF1 and then The traversing command is inhibited activate it again 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 12 20 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A131 Control signal OFF1 was deactivated while a Check the activation of control signal OFF1 traversing command was being executed from the user program OFF1 missing Effect
294. se V interrupted xx 04 Motor converter phase W interrupted xx 05 Current actual value I1 remains 0 xx 06 Current actual value I3 remains 0 xx 07 Valve U does not trigger xx 08 Valve U does not trigger xx 09 Valve V does not trigger xx 10 Valve V does not trigger xx 11 Valve W does not trigger xx 12 Valve W does not trigger xx 13 Sign 11 incorrect xx 14 Sign I3 incorrect xx 15 Sign I1 and I3 incorrect xx 16 Sign I1 confused with I3 xx 17 11 confused with I3 and both currents have an incorrect sign The digit of the xth digit indicates where the fault has occurred XOOO x 0 Single converter x 1 Inverter 1 X 2 Inverter 2 x 3 Inverters 1 and 2 Check that all 3 motor feeder cables and the motor windings do not have any interruption Check the connection between the current converter and the electronics and check the current converter itself Check the correct input of the rating plate data for the motor data set valid during the measurement F108 During the DC measurement the Read out fault value from r949 The digit of the measurement results for the individual phases xth position indicates Mid Unsym differ significantly The fault value indicates which quantity ies is are concerned and in OOOX Transverse voltage too high which phase the greatest deviation occurred x 1 phase R x 2 phase S x 3 phase T OOXO Dev stator resistance 1 2 3 as above XOOO Dev dea
295. speed controller optimization For this purpose the procedures of the Drive setting have to be observed If one of the vector control types P100 3 4 5 ofa converter without a sinusoidal output filter and of an induction motor without an encoder or with a pulse encoder correct number of pulses in P151 is used the motor identification procedure can be shortened In this case Complete motor identification has to be selected P115 3 and the converter has to be powered up accordingly if the alarms A078 and A080 appear During motor identification inverter pulses are released and the drive rotates For reasons of safety identification should first be carried out without coupling of the load Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 11 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps OL LOLX Jeulwue un d sq d Pedwog YL ZOLX jeuiuJe un ad4 sisseyojoedwog lt g gt 6 LOLX jeune L Hun d sq d Pedwog SL ZOLX leuw L Mun d s sseysypedwog lt Z gt 6L ZOLX euw L un d sq d Pedwog 6 LOLX Eug un d s sseygyjpedwog lt p gt pesop YOUMS ES youms Ag3 uo sedwnr gs snd Pedwoy 5An5 t 8 6S6u 9 gh us sanjen peeds Kouonba y jurodjes JO jesjjo pue uies 10 epin6 Bumes zegd juo2 ujeuy logi 1eeus o ooz 1eeus woy L440 NO YS 2440 LAS eDpe wouxoy CAS eseejes Au IIS L 89 d duis jeuruue pue ndu Bojeuy e2Jnos juiodjes
296. stopped It may be possible to omit the tumbler if the risk assessment of the machine deems this to be safe In this case the NC contact of the protective device is connected directly to terminals Y11 and Y12 and electromagnet Y1 is omitted Binary input X is negated with signal OFF3 i e at 24 V the converter decelerates the motor to zero speed along the parameterized deceleration ramp The converter signals zero speed via binary output Y thus energizing relay K2 Once the motor has stopped the safety relay in the converter is opened and the coil of main contactor K1 remains at 24 V via the checkback contact If contacts in the safety relay are sticking the checkback contacts do not close and the safety combination on the right deenergizes main contactor K1 via delayed contacts 47 48 when the set delay period expires 7 18 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up 7 3 Protective conductor WARNING Motor cable 7 4 WARNING NOTICE Conductor cross sections If the unit is mounted conductively on a grounded mounting surface the cross section of the protective conductor can be the same as that of the phase conductor In the case of insulated installation on units up to 90 mm wide a second protective conductor with the same cross section as the line conductor must be connected to ground M4 threaded bolts on the top of the unit next to the mains ter
297. t A025 I2t converter If the current load state is maintained a thermal overload of the converter occurs The converter will lower the max current limit P129 Reduce converter load Check r010 Drive Utiliz 12 14 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A028 Diagnostics counter The position of an encoder motor encoder or external encoder was incorrect for one or more samplings This can result from EMC faults or a loose contact When faults start to occur at a certain rate fault message F51 is triggered by the corresponding fault variable For test purposes fault message F51 can be triggered with the setting P847 2 in order to obtain more information about fault variable r949 All indices can also be monitored in r849 in order to find out which diagnostics counter counts the fault If alarm A28 is hidden for this fault then the corresponding index in P848 can be set to 1 A029 The parameterized limit value for the I2t Motor load cycle is exceeded monitoring of the motor has been exceeded It motor Check the parameters P382 Motor Cooling P383 Mot Tmp T1 P384 Mot Load Limits A032 An overflow has occurred during recording Repeat recording with lower amplitude PRBS Overflow with noise generator PRBS A033 The positive or negative maximum speed
298. t rivets Then remove the fan The insert rivets can be re used Fit the new fan by reversing this sequence of operations Make sure that the arrow indicating the direction of rotation is pointing to the inside of the unit Undo the four mounting screws or slide out the internal parts of the insert rivets Then remove the fan The insert rivets can be re used Disconnect the leads on the fan Fit the new fan in the reverse order Make sure that the arrow indicating the direction of air flow points to the inside of the unit NOTICE Make sure that the leads to the fan are connected the right way round Otherwise the fan will not operate Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 10 3 09 2009 Forming 11 Forming CAUTION If a unit has been non operational for more than two years the DC link capacitors have to be newly formed If this is not carried out the unit can be damaged when the line voltage is powered up How the serial number is made up If the unit was started up within two years after having been manufactured the DC link capacitors do not have to be re formed The date of manufacture of the unit can be read from the serial number Example F2UD012345 Position Example Meaning 1 to2 F2 Place of manufacture 3 X 2009 A 2010 B 2011 C 2012 D 2013 E 2014 F 2015 4 1 to9 January to September O October N November D December 5 to 14 Not relevant for
299. ted input voltage x 0 75 Rated frequency Hz e Input e Output 0 500 Rated current A e Input 20 8 30 3 40 5 44 6 e Output 17 5 25 5 34 0 37 5 Motor rated power ml 75 Lon 150 185 Auxiliary power supply V DC 24 20 30 Max aux current requirement A e Standard version at 20 V 0 8 1 1 e Maximum version at 20 V 1 5 2 0 Pulse frequency fp kHz 1 7 to 16 0 see fig Derating curves Load class Il to EN 60 146 1 1 Base load current A 0 91 x rated output current Overload cycle time s 300 Overload current A 1 36 x rated output current Overload duration s Extra short time loading Base load current A 0 91 x rated output current Overload cycle time s 300 Overload current A 1 6 x rated output current Overload duration s 30 Loses cooling Efficiency n rated operation O T TT 1 Powerloss po 28 kHz W 047 oz 030 os Cooling airrequirement mis 004 904 90 oo Pressure drop Ap Tal 3 3 30 30 Sound pressure levels types of construction dimensions weights Sound pressurelevel IBM 48 5 5 Dimensions e Width 135 180 180 e Height 360 360 360 e Depth 260 260 260 EE Kf so oo 127 wo With a 1 6 fold overload in field weakening the torque quality is reduced due to a ripple of 300 Hz Table 12 3 Technical data of inverter part 2 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 12 4 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2
300. terization 0 No parameter change 1 Parameter change in acordance with selected combination of parameter modules automatic factory setting according to P366 followed by automatic parameterization as for P115 1 Return to the user menu P060 0 End of quick parameterization 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES p EI 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps P383 Mot Tmp T1 Reference quantities Speed and frequency reference values The selection of setpoint sources P368 may be restricted by the type of factory setting P366 Factory setting P366 Setpoint source P368 0 PMU 1 OP1S 0 8 All sources possible 7 OP1S 2 Cabinet unit OP1S 7 OP1S 3 Cabinet unit PMU 0 PMU 8 OP1S Thermal time constant of the motor Reference variables are intended as an aid to presenting setpoint and actual value signals in a uniform manner This also applies to fixed settings entered as a percentage A value of 100 corresponds to a process data value of 4000h or 4000 0000 h in the case of double values All setpoint and actual value signals e g set speed and actual speed refer to the physically applicable reference variables In this respect the following parameters are available P350 Reference current in A P351 Reference voltage in V P352 Reference frequency in Hz P353 Reference speed in rpm P354 Reference torque in Nm In quick parameterization
301. terizing Steps 1031009 Lo AA L oz 169us o es g 9grd qulodjes oS 440 134e Buoys XX0 440 1eye Buuojs 1nouyiM OXXO uu dOW Ztvd lt 7 dON juo Scid dOW 901 w ege 1 916 ees o gs e evva dino dow jutodjeg uleyy AS vers dino dOW logi 1eeus o1 pedis LZvd xeu dOW c vd don esied V vd dOW Sul je2eqdoNw eur jeoov 6L ZOLX Jeune 1 oe et ZZ Ur d lt s L et s sl C 02008 4 0 eBpe wouxov EOS aC lt 02 SSSd 81 L 29Sd dOW Jour IS s 91 V v4Sd t 78 6G6uU dON esie aus pL L 2Sd Jatun edA Sq d yedwog 6 LOLX leuiwio Jun edA sisseyo jjoedwog F v 4 d Z 89 d duis peut pue dOW 99Jnos JUIOd EeS ooel 1eeus i0 9 Jes 3q 0 9 EU g ycod pue q esod a zs9d g LG9d sjayowesed ay sindui jejbip se pesn J x dins Ieuluu 06 1eeus pue dOW 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 14 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 jnej jeulo xg dow esied dow esied k P4OM Jo4juo2 01 1eeus o DOC Dan dS enoa pds sog 3JS Gua eoe MOUXDV OS una eseojey 1urodjes doe ue9 ON C soiza aseajay uoo C soiza eseojoH Aul C oa daso e440 C zorza ZIIO IS Lolz 8 L33O NO YS 0012 8 L t rssa E SS EUR Sjulodjes AI99934 joguoo
302. the filter output the line commutating reactor and the converter should be shielded The incoming and outgoing cables of the radio interference suppression filter have to be spatially separated isolated In order to limit the noise emitted all variable speed motors have to be connected up using shielded cables with the shields being connected to the respective housings at both ends in a low inductive manner through the largest possible surface area The motor feeder cables also have to be shielded inside the cabinet or at least shielded using grounded partitions Suitable motor feeder cable e g Siemens PROTOFLEX EMV CY 4 x 1 5 mm 4 x 120 mm with Cu shield Cables with steel shields are unsuitable A suitable PG gland with shield connection can be used at the motor to connect the shield It should also be ensured that there is a low impedance connection between the motor terminal box and the motor housing If required connect up using an additional grounding conductor Do not use plastic motor terminal boxes A line reactor has to be installed between the radio interference suppression filter and the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES The line supply cable has to be spatially separated from the motor feeder cables e g by grounded partitions The shield between the motor and SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES must not be interrupted by the installation of components such as output reactors sinusoidal filters dv dt filters fuses contactors The c
303. the warnings can thus result in severe personal injury or property damage Only qualified personnel should work on or around the equipment This personnel must be thoroughly familiar with all warning and maintenance procedures contained in this documentation The successful and safe operation of this equipment is dependent on correct transport proper storage and installation as well as careful operation and maintenance This documentation does not purport to cover all details on all types of the product nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation operation or maintenance Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser s purposes the matter should be referred to the local SIEMENS sales office The contents of this documentation shall not become part of or modify any prior or existing agreement commitment or relationship The sales contract contains the entire obligation of SIEMENS AG The warranty contained in the contract between the parties is the sole warranty of SIEMENS AG Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or modify the existing warranty Proper use of Siemens products Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation If products and components from other manufacturers are used these must be reco
304. tion comprises the safety relay and the connecting terminals for relay triggering and a checkback contact Terminal Designation Meaning Range 1 Contact 1 Checkback safe stop DC20V 30V 2 Contact 2 Checkback safe stop 1A 3 Control input Rated resistance of field coil DC 20 V 30 V safe stop 28230 10 at20 C max operating frequency 6 min 4 P24 DC Supply voltage safe stop DC 24 V 30 mA Connectable cross section 1 5 mm AWG 16 Table 7 11 Terminal assignment for the safe stop option The field coil of the safety relay is connected at one end to the grounded electronics frame When the field coil is supplied via an external 24 V supply its negative pole must be connected to ground potential The external 24 V supply must comply with the requirements for PELV circuits to EN 50178 DIN VDE 0160 In the shipped state a jumper is inserted between terminals 3 and 4 The jumper must be removed before the SAFE STOP function can be used and an external control for selecting the function connected If the safety relay is supplied via the internal supply at X533 4 the external 24 V supply must deliver at least 22 V at terminal X9 1 2 to ensure that the relay picks up reliably internal voltage drop Terminal strip X533 ES Optocoupler fibre optics supply Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 17 Connecting up 08 2008 The checkback contacts of the safety relay ar
305. tion of the SLB board Replace CU A10 or replace the unit Compact PLUS type fault Replace SLB F099 Recording of the friction characteristic was Fault value r949 gives the cause bit coded interrupted or not done at all Friction characteristic Bit Meaning Value displayed record 0 Pos speed limit 1 1 Neg speed limit 2 2 Releases missing 4 direction of rotation inverter controller 3 Speed controller connecting 8 4 Interrupt through cancellation of the 16 record command 5 Illegal dataset changover 32 6 Time exceeded 64 7 Measuring error 128 F109 The rotor resistance determined during Repeat measurement measurement of the direct current deviates too Enter data manually Mid R L greatly F111 A fault has occurred during the Mot Id Repeat measurement Mid DSP r949 1 The current does not build up when When r949 1 Check motor cables voltage pulses are applied When r949 2 Avoid mechanical stressing of r949 2 only for P115 4 The difference the motor during the measurement if the fault between speed setpoint and actual value is occurs directly after the start of the motor too large during measurement identification check the encoder and motor cables r949 3 only for P115 4 The magnetizing current determined is too high When r949 3 Check the motor rating plate data stored ratio Vrated Irated does not r949 121 The stator resistance P121 is not correspond with the measured inductanc
306. tion of the enable controller Enable Controller ENC missing was deactivated while a traversing command was being executed control bit No 3 Inverter Enable refer to function diagram sheet 180 Effect The pulse disable is initiated immediately If the motor is not braked it coasts down ENC control signal from the user program A135 Actual position value not o k Actual position value not o k from position sensing B0070 B0071 Check interconnection of B0070 and B0071 check position encoder and evaluation board check encoder cable A136 Machine data 1 changed RESET Machine data 1 position encoder type axis type was changed Effect If machine data 1 has been changed the reset technology RST control signal must be activated Alternatively switch the MASTERDIVES electronic power supply off necessary The activation of traversing commands is and on again inhibited A137 The same axis assignment machine data 2 A unique axis assignment must be entered for Axis assignment was entered for several axes M7 only not significant for the F01 technology option all axes on an M7 FM For example it is not allowed to define two X axes incorrect Effect The activation of traversing commands is inhibited Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 12 21 Faults and Alarms 06 2006 Number Alarm Cause Count
307. to excessive DC link voltage Line voltage DC voltage range Shutdown value 200 V 230 V I 270 V 310 V I appr 410 V 380 V 480 V I 510 V 650 V I appr 820 V 500 V 600 V 1675 V 810 V I appr 1020 V 660 V 690 V I 890 V 930 V I appr 1220 V For parallel connected converters BF M N r949 1 Overvoltage in the DC link of the master r949 2 Overvoltage in the DC link of the slave Check the supply voltage or input DC voltage Converter is operating in regenerative mode without feedback possibility If the converter supply voltage is at the upper tolerance limit and it is operating at full load F006 can also be caused by a line phase failure Possibly Increaase P464 Decel Time Activate P515 DC Bus Volts Reg check P071 beforehand Reduce P526 Fly Search Speed Reduce P259 Max Regen Power only for P100 3 4 or 5 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 1 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Fault Cause Counter measure F008 DC link undervoltage The lower limit value of 76 96 of the DC link voltage P071 Line Volts or of 61 when kinetic buffering has been enabled has been fallen short of Undervoltage in the DC link in normal operation i e no SIMULATION Undervoltage in the DC link with active kinetic buffering and speed less than 10 of the rated motor speed It was a brief power failure which
308. to the inverters It does not function as a slave 8 5 2 2 Run up After the power supply for the unit connected to the OP1S has been turned on or after the OP1S has been plugged into a unit which is operating there is a run up phase NOTICE The OP1S must not be plugged into the Sub D socket if the SCom1 interface parallel to the socket is already being used elsewhere e g bus operation with SIMATIC as the master NOTE In the as delivered state or after a reset of the parameters to the factory setting with the unit s own control panel a point to point link can be adopted with the OP1S without any further preparatory measures When a bus system is started up with the OP1S the slaves must first be configured individually The plugs of the bus cable must be removed for this purpose Siemens AG 6S5E7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 25 05 2003 Parameterizing Steps 9 Parameterizing Steps NOTE Detailed parameterization Power sections Power section definition P060 8 As delivered state For a detailed description of the parameters of the unit please refer to Section 6 Parameterizing steps of the Compendium Detailed parameterization should always be used in cases where the exact application conditions of the units are not known beforehand and detailed parameter adjustments need to be made locally e g on initial start up 1 Po
309. too high 55 PcD Peer PcD L A053 In a peer to peer connection the pcD length of Adjust the word length for transmitter and transmitter and receiver do not match receiver Peer Lng f P703 SCom SCB PcD A057 Occurs when a TB is logged on and present Replace TB configuration software but parameter tasks from the PMU SCom1 or TB Param SCom2 have not been answered by the TB within 6 seconds A061 An active signal is present at binector U065 Check cause of alarm see FD 710 1 Alarm 1 Function blocks A062 Alarm 2 Function blocks An active signal is present at binector U066 1 Check cause of alarm see FD 710 A063 Alarm 3 Function blocks An active signal is present at binector U067 1 Check cause of alarm see FD 710 A064 Alarm 4 Function blocks An active signal is present at binector U068 1 Check cause of alarm see FD 710 A065 Auto restart active The auto restart option P373 restarts the drive A possibly parameterized power up delay time P374 expires if flying restart is not selected During pre charging of the DC link there is no time monitoring i e with an external electronics power supply it is also switched in again Caution Personnel could be in danger when the drive automatically restarts Check whether the auto restart function is really required A066 The measured target frequency of the external Check con
310. tor control panel OP1S is an optional input output device which can be used for parameterizing and starting up the units Plain text displays greatly facilitate parameterization The OP1S has a non volatile memory and can permanently store complete sets of parameters It can therefore be used for archiving sets of parameters The parameter sets must be read out upread from the units first Stored parameter sets can also be transferred downloaded to other units The OP1S and the unit to be operated communicate with each other via a serial interface RS485 using the USS protocol During communication the OP1S assumes the function of the master whereas the connected units function as slaves The OP1S can be operated at baud rates of 9 6 kBd and 19 2 kBd and is capable of communicating with up to 32 slaves addresses 0 to 31 It can therefore be used both in a point to point link e g during initial parameterization and within a bus configuration The plain text displays can be shown in one of five different languages German English Spanish French Italian The language is chosen by selecting the relevant parameter for the slave in question 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 8 22 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 09 2009 Parameterization 8 2 A 25V 00 z 100 000 mi
311. ty damage could occur if these warning instructions are not observed Hazardous voltages are still present in the unit up to 5 minutes after it has been powered down due to the DC link capacitors Thus the appropriate delay time must be observed before working on the unit or on the DC link terminals The power terminals and control terminals can still be live even when the motor is stationary If the DC link voltage is supplied centrally the converters must be reliably isolated from the DC link voltage When working on an opened unit it should be observed that live components at hazardous voltage levels can be touched shock hazard The user is responsible that all the units are installed and connected up according to recognized regulations in that particular country as well as other regionally valid regulations Cable dimensioning fusing grounding shutdown isolation and overcurrent protection should be particularly observed Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 1 Connecting up 08 2008 X3 DC link busbars SIEMENS HHHH PMU t gt La D External DC24 V supply gt F100 V RS485 USS X100 E A Bus terminating resistor USS S1 m8 t Slot A X101 B Terminal strip X101 A Slot B u X103 C RS232 RS485 USS X103 E 3 Terminal strip Es X10
312. ty must be defined with F 12 28 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A202 Axis unknown An axis which does not exist was detected in the decoded NC block A logical name X Y Z A B C must be assigned to each axis with machine data 2 axis assignment Only these logical axis names can be used in the NC block These errors cannot normally occur since the logical axis names are verified when the NC blocks are entered Exception Machine data 2 axis assignment is changed afterwards The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block A203 1st G function not allowed The NC block which was read in contains an illegal 1st G function The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect The axis movement is inhibited or stopped via the deceleration ramp MDI mode Only G90 absolute dimensions or G91 incremental dimensions can be entered as the 1st G function Only G91 is allowed for the ro
313. units 135 mm wide Fitting the new fan Make sure that the arrow indicating the direction of air flow points to You can remove the fan by undoing the four mounting screws or sliding out the internal parts of the insert rivets The insert rivets can be re used Disconnect the leads on the fan Fit the new fan in the reverse order the inside of the unit NOTICE Make sure that the leads to the fan are connected the right way round Otherwise the fan will not operate 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 10 2 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Maintenance 10 1 4 Replacing the fan in units up to 180 mm wide Two fans are mounted on the lower side of the inverter an internal fan for cooling the control electronics and a unit fan for cooling the power section Internal fan Unit fan Opening the unit e Loosen the 2 mounting screws in the front at the top of the unit There is no need to take the screws right out Slots are provided in the housing to allow the front of the unit to be released when the screws have been loosened e Carefully swing the front of the unit forwards to an angle of about 30 away from the housing e Onthe power section open the locking lever on the ribbon cable connector to the control electronics e Move the cover forwards and take it off Remove the fan connection on the power section Undo the four mounting screws or slide out the internal parts of the inser
314. ures 12 12 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Faults and Alarms 12 2 Alarms The alarm message is periodically displayed on the PMU by A alarm alarm message and a 3 digit number An alarm cannot be acknowledged It is automatically deleted once the cause has been eliminated Several alarms can be present The alarms are then displayed one after the other When the converter is operated with the OP1S operator control panel the alarm is indicated in the lowest operating display line The red LED additionally flashes refer to the OP1S operating instructions Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A001 Time slot overflow The calculating time work load is too high a At least 3 failures of time slots T6 or T7 see also parameter r829 6 or r829 7 b At least 3 failures of time slots T2 T3 T4 or T5 see also parameter r829 2 to r829 5 Reduce pulse frequency Calculate individual function blocks in slower time slots parameter U950 ff A002 SIMOLINK start alarm Start of the SIMOLINK ring is not functioning Check the fiber optic cable ring for interruptions Check whether there is an SLB without voltage in the ring Check whether there is a faulty SLB in the ring A003 Drive not synchronous Although synchronization has been activated the drive is not synchronous Possible causes are Poor communication
315. uring the test of the Replace CU or replace the unit Compact RAM PLUS type RAM FF05 A fault has occurred during the test of the Replace CU or replace the unit Compact EPROM PLUS type EPROM fault FF06 Stack has overflowed For VC Increase sampling time P357 Stack overflow For MC Reduce pulse frequency P340 Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type FF07 Stack Underflow Stack underflow Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace firmware FF08 Undefined Opcode Invalid processor command should be processed Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace firmware FF09 Protection Fault Invalid format in a protected processor command Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace firmware FF10 Illegal Word Operand Address Word access to uneven address Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace firmware FF11 Illegal Instruction Access Jump command to uneven address Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Replace firmware FF13 Wrong firmware version A version conflict between the firmware and the hardware has occurred Replace firmware Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type FF14 FF processing Unexpected fatal error During processing of the fatal errors a fault number has occurred which is unknown to
316. use plastic motor terminal boxes Shield clamp f Cable con nector VY WW Fig 6 4 Connecting the signal cable shields for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 6 5 Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations 02 2008 Every SIMOVERT For chassis units sizes gt E MASTERDRIVES has shield the shields can be additionally clamps to connect the signal connected using cable cable shields connectors at the shield connecting locations Serrated bar Cable connector Connect serrated bars at both ends to the Intermediate t cabinet housing through the largest possible surf ce area ILIDILII REIS BI Fig 6 5 Connecting signal cable shields in the cabinet Wherever possible intermediate terminals should not be used as they reduce the shielding effect 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG 6 6 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Connecting up 7 Con necting up DANGER SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES units are operated at high voltages The equipment must be in a no voltage condition disconnected from the supply before any work is carried out Only professionally trained qualified personnel must work on or with the units Death severe bodily injury or significant proper
317. ut e Jumper 1 2 e Voltage output default setting e Jumper 2 3 e Current output To set switches S3 and S4 on units with a width of up to 90 mm the side wall has to be removed on units with a width of more than 90 mm the front cover has to be removed See Chapter 5 2 Installing the optional boards Right hand side wall open A PBI Rear wall m 2d Fig 7 6 Setting of switches S3 and S4 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 7 11 Connecting up 08 2008 X100 external DC24 V supply USS bus e 33 pe 34 fe sag ell 36 I Oo o Oo o The 4 pole terminal strip serves to connect the external 24 V DC power supply supply from the supply unit or an AC AC converter and for connecting a USS bus The USS bus connection is linked to the control electronics and the 9 pole Sub D socket of the serial interface X103 The bus terminating resistor can be switched in via switch S1 as required The bus termination is inactive when the switch is in the lower position The termination has to be switched in whenever the unit is located at one end of the USS bus Terminal Designation Significance Range 33 24 V in 24 V DC power supply 20 30 V 34 OV Reference potential OV 35 RS485P USS USS bus connection RS485 36 RS485N USS USS bus connection RS485 Connect
318. vated with P MotionControl Menu selection OP Upread HOP Download Example Selecting and activating the Download function Now one of the parameter sets stored in the OP1S has to be selected using the Lower or Raise keys displayed in the second line The selected ID is confirmed with the P key Now the slave ID can be displayed with Lower or Raise The slave ID contains various characteristic features of the unit such as rated output order number software version etc The Download procedure is then started with the P key During download the OP1S displays the parameter currently being written MotionControl 00 Download PXXX Example Confirming the ID and starting the Download procedure With Reset the procedure can be stopped at any time If downloading has been fully completed the message Download ok appears and the display returns to the basic menu Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 8 25 Parameterization 08 2009 8 7 NOTE After the data set to be downloaded has been selected if the identification of the stored data set does not agree with the identification of the connected unit an error message appears for approximately 2 seconds The operator is then asked if downloading is to be discontinued MotionControl 00 Stop download MASTERDRIVES MC MASTERDRIVES MC yes PLUS PLUS no Yes Downloading is discontinued No Downlo
319. verter or supply is greater than the fsyn fmax parameterized maximum frequency of the P452 n f max FWD Spd P453 n f max REV synchronizing converter Spd are correct and correct motor data set P578 Src MotDSet BitO are selected A067 The measured target frequency of the external Check converter or supply is less than the minimum fsyn fmin frequency required for synchronizing r533 Sync Target Freq Synchronizing cable A068 The setpoint frequency of the synchronizing Adjust total setpoint main and additional converter deviates too significantly from the setpoints to the target frequency displayed in fsyn lt gt fsoll measured target frequency of the external visualization parameter r533 converter or supply The permissible deviation can be set in P529 Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 13 21 Faults and Alarms 02 2008 Number Alarm Cause Counter measure A069 Synchronizing is not started as long as the ramp function generator in the synchronizing Wait until acceleration has been completed RGen active converter setpoint channel is active This Check whether alarm is only output if synchronizing is selected P462 Accel Time P463 Accel Time Unit have been correctly set A070 This alarm is output if the phase difference The alarm can only be deleted after goes outside the synchronizing window P531 synchronization has been ex
320. w indicating the direction of air flow points to the inside of the unit NOTICE Make sure that the leads to the fan are connected the right way round Otherwise the fan will not operate 9 1 3 Replacing the fan in units 135 mm wide Removal You can remove the fan by undoing the four mounting screws or sliding out the internal parts of the insert rivets The insert rivets can be re used Disconnect the leads on the fan Installation Fit the new fan in the reverse order Make sure that the arrow indicating the direction of air flow points to the inside of the unit NOTICE Make sure that the leads to the fan are connected the right way round Otherwise the fan will not operate 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG 9 2 Operating Instructions SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2008 Maintenance 9 1 4 Replacing the fan in units up to 180 mm wide Two fans are mounted on the lower side of the inverter an internal fan for cooling the control electronics and a unit fan for cooling the power section Internal fan Unit fan Opening the unit e Loosen the 2 mounting screws in the front at the top of the unit There is no need to take the screws right out Slots are provided in the housing to allow the front of the unit to be released when the screws have been loosened e Carefully swing the front of the unit forwards to an angle of about 30 away from the housing e On the power section open the locking lever on the ribbon cable connector to the
321. was read in contains an illegal 4th G function The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect The axis movement is inhibited or stopped via the deceleration ramp MDI mode No 4th G function is allowed Automatic single block mode Define a legal 4th G function according to the table see the Programming Guide A208 D number is not allowed A D number greater than 20 was found in the decoded NC block The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect The axis movement is inhibited or stopped via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block A210 Interpolation of 3 axes not allowed The decoded NC block contains an interpolation of 3 or more axes The NC program number and NC block number in which the NC block decoder detected the error can be read out with the output actual values decoder error location task Effect NC program execution is inhibited or aborted the axis is brought to a standstill via the deceleration ramp Correct the NC block Only 2D interpolation is allowed A211 Shortest distance G68 and G91 not allowed G function G68 shortest path for rotary axis was detected in the decoded NC block although
322. ween 25 C 13 F and 70 C 158 F are permissible Temperature fluctuations must not be more than 30 K per hour If the storage period of two years is exceeded the unit must be newly formed See Section Forming The packaging comprises board and corrugated paper It can be disposed of corresponding to the appropriate local regulations for the disposal of board products The units and components can be installed and commissioned after they have been unpacked and checked to ensure that everything is complete and that they are not damaged Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP50 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 3 1 02 2005 First Start up 4 First Start up Unpack and check the units Mount the unit and install optional boards which have not yet been fitted Y Form the DC link capacitors if necessary Y Connect the protective conductor the power cables or buses and if present the ext 24 V supply Connect the control cables communication cables encoder cables and motor cables Power up the external 24 V supply Y After removing the packaging check that the unit is intact and undamaged Only intact units may be started See section P Transport up Please also check that the unit is complete that the Storage correct optional boards are fitted and that the Unpacking technology option has been released if ordered p 9 Retrofit any optional boards which have not
323. wer section definition P060 8 2 Board definition P060 4 see Compendium section 6 3 2 3 Drive definition P060 5 4 Function adjustment Supply conditions lt Optional boards I pe mme Si lt i Motor Motor encoder Board configuration Drive setting i P060 4 P060 5 gt Function adjustment Detailed parameterization Parameterizing with user settings fixed setting PO60 2 KS Factory settings parameter reset P060 2 Parameterizing with existing parameter files download P060 6 Procedures for quick parameterization Parameterizing with parameter modules quick parameterization PO60 3 E SZ Fig 9 1 Detailed and quick parameterization Siemens AG 6SE7087 6KP60 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Operating Instructions 9 1 Parameterizing Steps 05 2003 9 1 Parameter reset to factory setting The factory setting is the defined initial state of all parameters of a unit The units are delivered with this setting You can restore this initial state at any time by resetting the parameters to the factory setting thus canceling all parameter changes made since the unit was delivered The parameters for defining the power section and for releasing the tech
324. which is unknown to date Replace the board FF15 CSTACK_OVERFLOW Stack overflow C Compiler Stack Replace the board FF16 NMI error not Compact PLUS NMI Replace firmware Replace CU or replace the unit Compact PLUS type Table 12 3 Fatal errors 12 36 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 06 2006 Environmental Friendliness 13 Environmental Friendliness Environmental aspects during the development Plastics components used Environmental aspects during production Environmental aspects for disposal The number of components has been significantly reduced over earlier converter series by the use of highly integrated components and the modular design of the complete series Thus the energy requirement during production has been reduced Special significance was placed on the reduction of the volume weight and variety of metal and plastic components ABS PMU board Siemens logo PC ABS Front cover MC Large PA6 Front cover MC terminal strips spacer bolts fan impeller PA6 6 DC link terminal cover through terminals terminal strips terminal blocks Pocan PBT Optional card covers PP PMU covers PBTP Fan housing Hostaphan Makrofol Insulating plates Formex Insulating foils NOMEX Insulating paper FRA Printed circuit boards Halogen containing flame retardants were for all essential components replaced
325. y shaded area can be prohibited to unauthorized persons 8 2 Operating Instructions 6SE7087 6KP50 Siemens AG SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 08 2009 Parameterization Menu levels The parameter menus have several menu levels The first level contains the main menus These are effective for all sources of parameter inputs PMU OP1S DriveMonitor field bus interfaces The main menus are selected in parameter P60 Menu Selection Examples P060 0 User parameters menu selected P060 1 Parameter menu selected P060 8 Power section definition menu selected Menu levels 2 and 3 enable the parameter set to be more extensively structured They are used for parameterizing the units with the OP1S operator control panel Main menus Zu uU M User parameters e Freely configurable menu e Contains complete parameter set e More extensive structure of the functions achieved by using an OP1S operator control panel e Used for quick parameterization with parameter modules e When selected the unit switches to status 5 Drive setting Used for configuring the optional boards When selected the unit switches to status 4 Board configuration 5 Drive setting Used for detailed parameterization of important motor encoder and control data When selected the unit switches to status 5 Drive setting Download Used to download parameters from an OP1S a PC or an automation unit When selected the unit switches to status 21 Downloa
326. y guarantee for complete conformance However the information in this document is regularly checked and necessary corrections will be included in subsequent editions We are grateful for any recommendations for improvement SIMOVERT Registered Trade Mark SIMOVERT ist ein Warenzeichen von Siemens
327. y4 40 04 y 08 WZ bd L 1894 9 up LIS 001d Jo33uoo AouanbayJJ Jepooue ynoy m 04ju09 peeds doo peso 5 g 09d snes Parameterizing Steps Dune SAG eui ur peBueuo aq luo ULI 19j9ueJeg x C6614 Goreis ies W 082d 198 IBulyoows W 64zd weufp L W 8Z2d dooJp aseoley ze jeeus weIs spoW j W6eed i i H i i i i i i i H i 812i pe yyu weld Wezed J 9e yu yjoous LGE Joeys eun dn ueis Wired luupe H uideapow pds Beu xew s u W v8Zd WESZd ie bs 960 011 T Srd dy L t 1eeus peeds juiodjes S 10M rH BarjosL x ygoows yas yu os yu SYL04 Nrv82d WE8Zd ul Bey yu Ldyboy yu 96 OLL 4 ZSrd ul dy 6921 W OrZd w sezd pds sod xew j u gums 6224 zer dies bio 1 ous 0 0 4 S0Sd dies ppe L W 19Zd 9e pA 1uoous ERT je ZuwrmbioL ZLLOM 001 4 86vd a ZUJ W joe ppwurbio 1 MS4 Zzu J W uoyenwi enbJo Leid 0 pauaya S Ged rged nbio esed peeds 96001 J Z6vd zed Aouenbay W 6Scd wezia ua6 xew md eum wnw xey S8 PaUS yun Buneo 0 68 S6u CLE PaUS 9 aous Jejojuoo peeds OZE jeeus Jeuueuo juiodjes SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 6SE7087 6KP60 Siemens AG Operating Instructions 9 26 Steps izing Parameteri 05 2003 v 001d 0 1854 9 up 1 SEW 0 4u09 peeds dooj peso 5 66190 103245 jee J
328. yet been See section Installation installed if necessary Then install the units taking into account the requirements at the point of installation and the EMC instructions and Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations If the DC link of the unit was de energized for more than See section two years you have to newly form the DC link capacitors Forming Please connect starting with the protective conductor See section the power cables or DC link buses and the external 24 V Connecting up supply Pay attention to EMC instructions when laying and the cables Please do not at this stage connect any Installation in control communication encoder and motor cables Conformance exception cable for connecting up an OPIS if with EMC parameterization is to be effected via the OP1S Regulations Please connect the remaining control communication encoder and motor cables Pay attention to the EMC instructions when laying the cables WARNING The device must be disconnected from See section its voltage supplies 24 V DC electronics supply and DC link mains voltage before the control and encoder leads are connected or disconnected A Failure to observe this advice can result in encoder defects which may in turn cause uncontrolled axis movements After checking that the cabling has been correctly Connecting up and Installation in Conformance with EMC Regulations connected and that it sits properly
329. ze the units of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES series by various methods of parameter input Every unit can be set via the dedicated parameterizing unit PMU without the need to use additional components Each unit is supplied with the user software DriveMonitor and comprehensive electronic documentation on a DVD In the case of installation on a standard PC the units can be parameterized via the serial interface of the PC The software provides extensive parameter aids and a prompted start up function The unit can be further parameterized by entering parameters with the OP1S manual operator panel and via a controller at the field bus level e g Profibus In firmware V 20 for performance 2 units BICO parameters can also be changed in the Run drive status see also parameter list Changeable in In contrast to firmware v1 x in which BICO parameters could only be changed in the Ready drive status structural changes can also be made on performance 2 units with firmware V2 0 during running operation Unintentional axis movements may occur as a result of undesired changes to BICO parameters in the Run drive status Parameter menus Parameters with related functions are compiled in menus for structuring the parameter set stored in the units A menu thus represents a selection out of the entire supply of parameters of the unit It is possible for one parameter to belong to several menus The parameter list indicates which ind

Motion Control Frequency Inverter (DC

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents